TW202229477A - Coloring composition, coloring film, and method for forming coloring film capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance - Google Patents

Coloring composition, coloring film, and method for forming coloring film capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202229477A
TW202229477A TW110138338A TW110138338A TW202229477A TW 202229477 A TW202229477 A TW 202229477A TW 110138338 A TW110138338 A TW 110138338A TW 110138338 A TW110138338 A TW 110138338A TW 202229477 A TW202229477 A TW 202229477A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
coloring composition
less
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
TW110138338A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
野田国宏
染谷和也
佐藤梓実
青木知三郎
塩田大
Original Assignee
日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Publication of TW202229477A publication Critical patent/TW202229477A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/002Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints in organic medium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/004Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an inorganic pigment
    • C09D17/005Carbon black
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • C08G73/1028Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines characterised by the process itself, e.g. steps, continuous
    • C08G73/1032Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines characterised by the process itself, e.g. steps, continuous characterised by the solvent(s) used
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/34Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K3/36Silica
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K7/00Use of ingredients characterised by shape
    • C08K7/22Expanded, porous or hollow particles
    • C08K7/24Expanded, porous or hollow particles inorganic
    • C08K7/26Silicon- containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/003Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an organic pigment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/004Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an inorganic pigment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/004Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an inorganic pigment
    • C09D17/007Metal oxide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/70Additives characterised by shape, e.g. fibres, flakes or microspheres
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance, a coloring film that can be formed by using the coloring composition, and a method for forming a coloring film using the coloring composition. A pigment dispersion liquid containing a pigment, a polyamic acid, and an aprotic polar solvent is used in the coloring composition containing the pigment dispersion liquid and a hollow silica. Preferably, in the pigment dispersion liquid, the polyamic acid is used to disperse the pigment in the aprotic polar solvent. The polyamic acid includes at least one of a partial skeleton derived from an aromatic diamine having a specific structure and a partial skeleton derived from an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a specific structure.

Description

著色組合物、著色膜及著色膜之形成方法Colored composition, colored film, and method of forming a colored film

本發明係關於一種著色組合物、可使用該著色組合物形成之著色膜、及使用上述著色組合物之著色膜之形成方法。The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a coloring film that can be formed using the coloring composition, and a method for forming a coloring film using the coloring composition.

一直以來,為了將如油墨之液態組合物、各種樹脂組合物進行著色,使用有包含各種顏料之顏料分散液。作為代表性顏料,例如可例舉碳黑。使用碳黑分散液得到著色之組合物不僅用於印刷、塗料用途,而且還用作用於形成各種顯示面板中如黑色矩陣、黑柱間隔件之遮光材料的材料。Conventionally, in order to color liquid compositions such as inks and various resin compositions, pigment dispersions containing various pigments have been used. As a representative pigment, carbon black is mentioned, for example. The colored compositions obtained using the carbon black dispersion are not only used for printing and coating applications, but also used as materials for forming light-shielding materials such as black matrices and black column spacers in various display panels.

例如,對於黑色矩陣等之著色膜,有時要求低反射特性。為了對著色膜賦予低反射特性,提出於著色膜之形成過程中,使用包含(A)色材、(B)有機結合劑、及二氧化矽粒子等(C)微粒(之組合物(參照專利文獻1)。For example, low-reflection properties are sometimes required for colored films such as black matrices. In order to impart low reflection characteristics to the colored film, it is proposed to use a composition (A) a color material, (B) an organic binder, and (C) fine particles such as silica particles (refer to the patent) in the process of forming the colored film. Reference 1).

又,典型而言,液態之著色組合物係使用顏料分散液來製備。如碳黑分散液之顏料分散液大多於有機溶劑等溶劑中使用分散劑使顏料分散而製造。關於此種顏料分散液之製造方法,例如作為碳黑分散液之製造方法,已知有以下方法:使用有機色素衍生物、三嗪衍生物等低分子化合物作為分散劑,於醇、二醇系溶劑、酮類、非質子性極性有機溶劑等有機溶劑中使碳黑分散(參照專利文獻2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] Also, typically, the liquid coloring composition is prepared using a pigment dispersion. Pigment dispersions such as carbon black dispersions are mostly produced by dispersing pigments in solvents such as organic solvents using dispersants. As a method for producing such a pigment dispersion, for example, as a method for producing a carbon black dispersion, a method is known in which a low molecular weight compound such as an organic pigment derivative and a triazine derivative is used as a dispersant, and a Carbon black is dispersed in organic solvents such as solvents, ketones, and aprotic polar organic solvents (see Patent Document 2). [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2014-067028號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2005-213405號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-067028 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-213405

[發明要解決之課題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

然而,當將利用專利文獻2中記載之方法所得到之碳黑分散液用於著色各種組合物時,有因使用耐熱性較差之分散劑而導致所得之黑色組合物之耐熱性亦較差之問題。However, when the carbon black dispersion liquid obtained by the method described in Patent Document 2 is used to color various compositions, there is a problem that the heat resistance of the obtained black composition is also poor due to the use of a dispersant with poor heat resistance. .

本發明係鑒於上述課題而完成者,其目的在於提供一種能夠形成低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜之著色組合物、可使用該著色組合物形成之著色膜、及使用上述著色組合物之著色膜之形成方法。 [用於解決課題之手段] The present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a colored film having excellent low reflectivity and heat resistance, a coloring film that can be formed using the coloring composition, and a coloring composition using the above-mentioned coloring composition. A method of forming a colored film. [Means for solving problems]

本發明人等發現,藉由於包含顏料分散液及中空二氧化矽之著色組合物中使用包含顏料、聚醯胺酸、及非質子性極性溶劑之顏料分散液,能夠解決上述課題,從而完成了本發明。The inventors of the present invention found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a pigment dispersion liquid containing a pigment, a polyamide acid, and an aprotic polar solvent in a coloring composition containing a pigment dispersion liquid and hollow silica, and completed the this invention.

本發明之第1形態係一種著色組合物,其包含顏料分散液、及中空二氧化矽, 顏料分散液含有顏料、聚醯胺酸、及非質子性極性有機溶劑。 The first aspect of the present invention is a coloring composition comprising a pigment dispersion liquid and hollow silica, The pigment dispersion liquid contains a pigment, a polyamide acid, and an aprotic polar organic solvent.

本發明之第2形態係一種著色膜,其係將包含第1形態之著色組合物之膜進行乾燥而成、或者進行乾燥及固化而成。The 2nd aspect of this invention is a coloring film which dries the film containing the coloring composition of 1st aspect, or is dried and hardened.

本發明之第3形態係一種著色膜之形成方法,其包括: 將第1形態之著色組合物塗佈於基板上而形成塗佈膜;及 將塗佈膜進行乾燥、或者進行乾燥及固化。 [發明之效果] The third aspect of the present invention is a method for forming a colored film, comprising: coating the coloring composition of the first form on a substrate to form a coating film; and The coating film is dried, or dried and cured. [Effect of invention]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種可形成低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜之著色組合物、可使用該著色組合物形成之著色膜、及使用上述著色組合物之著色膜之形成方法。According to the present invention, a coloring composition capable of forming a colored film having excellent low reflectivity and heat resistance, a colored film that can be formed using the coloring composition, and a method for forming a colored film using the coloring composition can be provided.

≪著色組合物≫ 著色組合物包含顏料分散液及中空二氧化矽。顏料分散液包含顏料、聚醯胺酸、及非質子性極性溶劑。 藉由使著色組合物組合含有上述顏料分散液及中空二氧化矽,從而能夠使用著色組合物形成低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜。 ≪Coloring composition≫ The coloring composition includes a pigment dispersion and hollow silica. The pigment dispersion liquid contains a pigment, a polyamide, and an aprotic polar solvent. By containing the said pigment dispersion liquid and hollow silica together in a coloring composition, the coloring film excellent in low reflectivity and heat resistance can be formed using a coloring composition.

<顏料分散液> 顏料分散液含有聚醯胺酸、及非質子性極性有機溶劑。顏料分散液通常藉由於非質子性極性有機溶劑中且於聚醯胺酸之存在下使顏料分散而製備。於藉由該方法製備之顏料分散液中,聚醯胺酸作為分散劑發揮作用,而使顏料迅速且穩定地分散。又,藉由使著色組合物包含含有聚醯胺酸之顏料分散液,從而能夠使用著色組合物形成耐熱性優異之固化膜。 以下,依次對顏料分散液必須或任選地含有之成分進行說明。 <Pigment dispersion> The pigment dispersion liquid contains polyamic acid and an aprotic polar organic solvent. Pigment dispersions are generally prepared by dispersing pigments in an aprotic polar organic solvent and in the presence of polyamic acid. In the pigment dispersion liquid prepared by this method, the polyamic acid acts as a dispersing agent to disperse the pigment rapidly and stably. Moreover, the cured film excellent in heat resistance can be formed using a coloring composition by making a coloring composition contain the pigment dispersion liquid containing polyamic acid. Hereinafter, the components which the pigment dispersion liquid must or optionally contain will be described in order.

[顏料] 作為顏料,並無特別限定,可使用各種顏料。顏料可以為無機顏料,亦可以為有機顏料。 [pigment] It does not specifically limit as a pigment, Various pigments can be used. The pigment may be an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.

作為顏料,並無特別限定,例如,較佳為使用顏色索引(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists公司發行)中被分類為顏料(Pigment)之化合物,具體而言,為標註有如下述之顏色索引(C.I.)編號之化合物。The pigment is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferable to use a compound classified as a pigment (Pigment) in the Color Index (C.I.; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists). Index (C.I.) numbered compound.

作為可適宜使用之黃色顏料之例子,可例舉C.I.顏料黃1(以下,同樣為「C.I.顏料黃」,僅記載編號)、3、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、55、60、61、65、71、73,74、81、83、86、93、95、97、98、99、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、167、168、175、180、及185。Examples of yellow pigments that can be suitably used include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I. Pigment Yellow", and only the numbers are described), 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20 , 24, 31, 53, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 86, 93, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110 , 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 167 , 168, 175, 180, and 185.

作為可適宜使用之橙色顏料之例子,可例舉C.I.顏料橙1(以下,同樣為「C.I.顏料橙」,僅記載編號)、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、55、59、61、63、64、71、及73。Examples of orange pigments that can be suitably used include C.I. Pigment Orange 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I. Pigment Orange", and only the numbers are described), 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38 , 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 55, 59, 61, 63, 64, 71, and 73.

作為可適宜使用之紫色顏料之例子,可例舉C.I.顏料紫1(以下,同樣為「C.I.顏料紫」,僅記載編號)、19、23、29、30、32、36、37、38、39、40、及50。Examples of purple pigments that can be suitably used include C.I. Pigment Violet 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I. Pigment Violet", only the numbers are described), 19, 23, 29, 30, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39 , 40, and 50.

作為可適宜使用之紅色顏料之例子,可例舉C.I.顏料紅1(以下,同樣為「C.I.顏料紅」,僅記載編號)2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、155、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、192、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、243、245、254、255、264、及265。Examples of red pigments that can be suitably used include C.I. Pigment Red 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I. Pigment Red", and only the numbers are described) 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 53:1, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:2, 58:4, 60:1, 63:1, 63:2, 64:1, 81:1, 83, 88, 90:1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 155, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 192, 193, 194, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 243, 245, 254, 255, 264, and 265.

作為可適宜使用之藍色顏料之例子,可例舉C.I.顏料藍1(以下,同樣為「C.I.顏料藍」,僅記載編號)、2、15、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、28、60、64、及66。Examples of blue pigments that can be suitably used include C.I. Pigment Blue 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I. Pigment Blue", only the number is described), 2, 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 28, 60, 64, and 66.

作為可適宜使用之除上述以外之色相之顏料的例子,可例舉C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37等綠色顏料;C.I.顏料棕23、C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕26、C.I.顏料棕28等棕色顏料;C.I.顏料白4、C.I.顏料白5、C.I.顏料白6、C.I.顏料白7等白色顏料;C.I.顏料黑1、C.I.顏料黑7等黑色顏料。Examples of pigments with hues other than the above that can be suitably used include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Green 36, and C.I. Pigment Green 37; C.I. Pigment Brown 23, C.I. Pigment Brown 25, and C.I. Pigment Brown 26 , C.I. Pigment Brown 28 and other brown pigments; C.I. Pigment White 4, C.I. Pigment White 5, C.I. Pigment White 6, C.I. Pigment White 7 and other white pigments; C.I. Pigment Black 1, C.I. Pigment Black 7 and other black pigments.

又,顏料可以為呈黑色或與黑色接近之色相之遮光劑。包含遮光劑之顏料分散液可適宜地用於製備下述感光性樹脂組合物,該感光性樹脂組合物用於形成液晶顯示面板中之黑色矩陣或黑柱間隔件、形成有機EL元件中之發光層之劃分用隔堤。In addition, the pigment may be an opacifier having a black color or a hue close to black. The pigment dispersion liquid containing the light-shielding agent can be suitably used for preparing the following photosensitive resin composition for forming black matrix or black column spacer in liquid crystal display panel, forming light emission in organic EL element Dividers are used for the division of layers.

關於作為顏料之遮光劑,較佳為使用黑色顏料、紫色顏料。作為黑色顏料、或紫色顏料,可以使用各種顏料,有機物、無機物均可。作為黑色顏料、紫色顏料之例子,可例舉碳黑、苝系顏料、內醯胺系顏料、氧氮化鈦及氮化鈦等鈦黑、金屬氧化物、複合氧化物、金屬硫化物、金屬硫酸鹽或金屬碳酸鹽等。作為構成金屬氧化物、金屬複合氧化物、金屬硫化物、金屬硫酸鹽、或金屬碳酸鹽之金屬,可例舉銅、鐵、錳、鈷、鎢、鉻、鎳、鋅、鈣、及銀等。As a light-shielding agent as a pigment, it is preferable to use a black pigment and a purple pigment. As a black pigment or a purple pigment, various pigments can be used, either an organic substance or an inorganic substance may be used. Examples of black pigments and purple pigments include carbon black, perylene-based pigments, lactamide-based pigments, titanium blacks such as titanium oxynitride and titanium nitride, metal oxides, composite oxides, metal sulfides, metal Sulfates or metal carbonates, etc. Examples of metals constituting metal oxides, metal composite oxides, metal sulfides, metal sulfates, or metal carbonates include copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, tungsten, chromium, nickel, zinc, calcium, and silver. .

該等遮光劑中,從容易獲得、遮光性優異之方面考慮,較佳為碳黑。作為碳黑,可使用槽法碳黑(channel black)、爐法碳黑(furnace black)、熱裂碳黑(thermal black)、燈黑(lamp black)等公知之碳黑。又,亦可使用經樹脂被覆之碳黑。Among these light-shielding agents, carbon black is preferred in view of easy availability and excellent light-shielding properties. As the carbon black, known carbon blacks such as channel black, furnace black, thermal black, and lamp black can be used. Moreover, resin-coated carbon black can also be used.

作為碳黑,亦較佳為實施了導入酸性基之處理之碳黑。被導入至碳黑之酸性基係顯示基於布忍斯特定義之酸性之官能基。作為酸性基之具體例,可例舉羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。被導入至碳黑之酸性基可形成鹽。與酸性基形成鹽之陽離子於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為陽離子之例子,可例舉各種金屬離子、含氮化合物之陽離子、銨離子等,較佳為鈉離子、鉀離子、鋰離子等鹼金屬離子、銨離子。As carbon black, the carbon black which performed the process to introduce|transduce an acidic group is also preferable. The acidic groups introduced into carbon black show functional groups based on the acidity defined by Brynster. As a specific example of an acidic group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned. Acid groups introduced into carbon black can form salts. The cation that forms a salt with an acidic group is not particularly limited in the range that does not inhibit the object of the present invention. Examples of cations include various metal ions, cations of nitrogen-containing compounds, ammonium ions, and the like, and preferred are alkali metal ions such as sodium ions, potassium ions, and lithium ions, and ammonium ions.

上文中所說明之實施了導入酸性基之處理之碳黑中,從實現使用感光性樹脂組合物所形成之遮光性固化膜之高電阻的觀點考慮,較佳為具有選自由羧酸基、羧酸鹽基、磺酸基、及磺酸鹽基所組成之群中之1種以上官能基的碳黑。Among the carbon blacks that have been subjected to the treatment of introducing an acidic group as described above, from the viewpoint of realizing high resistance of the light-shielding cured film formed using the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to have a carbon black selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acid groups, carboxylic acid groups, and carboxylic acid groups. Carbon black with one or more functional groups in the group consisting of an acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a sulfonic acid salt group.

向碳黑中導入酸性基之方法並無特別限制。作為導入酸性基之方法,例如可例舉以下方法。 方法1):藉由直接取代法、間接取代法而向碳黑中導入磺酸基,上述直接取代法使用濃硫酸、發煙硫酸、氯磺酸等,上述間接取代法使用亞硫酸鹽、亞硫酸氫鹽等。 方法2):使具有胺基及酸性基之有機化合物與碳黑進行重氮偶合。 方法3):利用威廉森醚化法,使具有鹵素原子及酸性基之有機化合物、與具有羥基之碳黑進行反應。 方法4):使具有鹵代羰基及由保護基保護之酸性基之有機化合物、與具有羥基之碳黑進行反應。 方法5):使用具有鹵代羰基及由保護基保護之酸性基之有機化合物,針對碳黑進行弗瑞德-克萊福特反應,然後進行脫保護。 The method of introducing an acidic group into carbon black is not particularly limited. As a method of introducing an acidic group, the following method is mentioned, for example. Method 1): introduce sulfonic acid groups into carbon black by direct substitution method and indirect substitution method. The above-mentioned direct substitution method uses concentrated sulfuric acid, oleum, chlorosulfonic acid, etc. Bisulfate, etc. Method 2): Diazo-coupling an organic compound having an amine group and an acidic group with carbon black. Method 3): Using the Williamson etherification method, an organic compound having a halogen atom and an acidic group and a carbon black having a hydroxyl group are reacted. Method 4): An organic compound having a halogenated carbonyl group and an acidic group protected by a protecting group is reacted with carbon black having a hydroxyl group. Method 5): Using an organic compound having a halogenated carbonyl group and an acidic group protected by a protecting group, a Friedel-Clayford reaction is performed on carbon black, followed by deprotection.

該等方法中,從導入酸性基之處理容易進行並且安全之方面考慮,較佳為方法2)。作為方法2)中所使用之具有胺基及酸性基之有機化合物,較佳為芳香族基上鍵結有胺基及酸性基之化合物。作為此種化合物之例子,可例舉如對胺基苯磺酸之胺基苯磺酸、如4-胺基苯甲酸之胺基苯甲酸。Among these methods, the method 2) is preferable from the viewpoint of easy and safe treatment of introducing an acidic group. The organic compound having an amine group and an acidic group used in the method 2) is preferably a compound in which an amine group and an acidic group are bonded to an aromatic group. Examples of such compounds include aminobenzenesulfonic acid such as p-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, and aminobenzoic acid such as 4-aminobenzoic acid.

導入碳黑中之酸性基之莫耳數於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限制。相對於碳黑100 g,導入碳黑中之酸性基之莫耳數較佳為1 mmol以上200 mmol以下,更佳為5 mmol以上100 mmol以下。The molar number of the acid group introduced into carbon black is not particularly limited within the range that does not hinder the object of the present invention. The molar number of the acidic group introduced into the carbon black is preferably 1 mmol or more and 200 mmol or less, more preferably 5 mmol or more and 100 mmol or less, relative to 100 g of carbon black.

對於碳黑,可利用樹脂實施被覆處理。利用樹脂進行之被覆處理可對導入有酸性基之碳黑實施。使用含有包含經樹脂被覆之碳黑之著色劑分散液之著色組合物時,容易形成遮光性及絕緣性優異、表面反射率較低之遮光性塗膜、固化物。 再者,藉由利用樹脂進行被覆處理,不會對使用著色組合物所形成之遮光性塗膜、固化物之介電常數造成特別之不良影響。作為可用於被覆碳黑之樹脂之例子,可例舉:酚樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯樹脂、甘酞樹脂、環氧樹脂、烷基苯樹脂等熱固性樹脂;聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、改質聚苯醚、聚碸、聚對苯二甲醯對苯二胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚胺基雙馬來醯亞胺、聚醚碸、聚伸苯基碸、聚芳酯、聚醚醚酮等熱塑性樹脂。相對於碳黑之質量與樹脂之質量之總計,樹脂對於碳黑之被覆量較佳為1質量%以上30質量%以下。 For carbon black, coating treatment can be performed with resin. The coating treatment with resin can be applied to carbon black into which an acidic group is introduced. When a coloring composition containing a colorant dispersion containing resin-coated carbon black is used, it is easy to form a light-shielding coating film and a cured product with excellent light-shielding and insulating properties and low surface reflectance. Furthermore, by coating with resin, there is no particular adverse effect on the dielectric constant of the light-shielding coating film or cured product formed using the coloring composition. Examples of resins that can be used to coat carbon black include thermosetting resins such as phenol resins, melamine resins, xylene resins, diallyl phthalate resins, glycerol resins, epoxy resins, and alkylbenzene resins. ;Polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, modified polyphenylene ether, polystyrene, poly-p-phenylene terephthalate, polyamide Imide, polyimide, polyamine bismaleimide, polyether, polyphenylene, polyarylate, polyether ether ketone and other thermoplastic resins. The coating amount of the resin with respect to the carbon black is preferably 1 mass % or more and 30 mass % or less with respect to the sum of the mass of the carbon black and the mass of the resin.

又,碳黑亦可經矽烷偶合劑處理,以提高使用包含碳黑之著色組合物所形成之著色成形體與各種基材之密接性等。關於利用矽烷偶合劑進行之處理,可以在向碳黑導入酸性基之處理之前進行,亦可以在向碳黑導入酸性基之處理之後進行,且可以在使用聚醯胺酸作為分散劑之分散處理之前進行,亦可以在使用聚醯胺酸作為分散劑之分散處理之後進行。In addition, carbon black may be treated with a silane coupling agent to improve the adhesion and the like between a colored molded body formed using a coloring composition containing carbon black and various substrates. The treatment with a silane coupling agent may be carried out before the treatment for introducing an acidic group into carbon black, or after the treatment for introducing an acidic group into carbon black, and may be carried out after the dispersion treatment using a polyamide acid as a dispersing agent It can be carried out before, or it can be carried out after the dispersion treatment using polyamic acid as a dispersant.

碳黑之處理所使用之矽烷偶合劑可以自先前已知之矽烷偶合劑中適當選擇。作為碳黑之處理所使用之矽烷偶合劑,較佳為下述式(I)表示之矽烷偶合劑。The silane coupling agent used for the treatment of carbon black can be appropriately selected from previously known silane coupling agents. The silane coupling agent used for the treatment of carbon black is preferably a silane coupling agent represented by the following formula (I).

R A1 aR A2 (3 a)Si-R A3-NH-C(O)-Y-R A4-X・・・(I) (式(I)中,R A1為烷氧基,R A2為烷基,a為1以上3以下之整數,R A3為伸烷基,Y為-NH-、-O-、或-S-,R A4為單鍵、或伸烷基,X為可具有取代基之單環或多環之含氮雜芳基,X中之與-Y-R A4-鍵結之環為含氮六員芳香環,-Y-R A4-與上述含氮六員芳香環中之碳原子鍵結) R A1 a R A2 (3 - a) Si-R A3 -NH-C(O)-YR A4 -X・・・(I) (In formula (I), R A1 is an alkoxy group, and R A2 is an alkane group, a is an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, R A3 is an alkylene group, Y is -NH-, -O-, or -S-, R A4 is a single bond or an alkylene group, and X is an optionally substituted group The monocyclic or polycyclic nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group, the ring bonded with -YR A4 - in X is a nitrogen-containing six-membered aromatic ring, -YR A4 - is bonded with the carbon atom in the above-mentioned nitrogen-containing six-membered aromatic ring Knot)

式(I)中,R A1為烷氧基。關於R A1,烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上6以下,更佳為1以上4以下,從矽烷偶合劑之反應性之觀點考慮,特佳為1或2。作為R A1之較佳具體例,可例舉甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、及正己氧基。該等烷氧基中,特佳為甲氧基、及乙氧基。 In formula (I), R A1 is an alkoxy group. As for R A1 , the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the silane coupling agent. Preferable specific examples of R A1 include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, 2nd butoxy, 3rd butoxy group, n-pentyloxy, and n-hexyloxy. Among these alkoxy groups, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are particularly preferred.

作為烷氧基之R A1水解而生成之矽烷醇基與存在於碳黑表面之羥基、羧基等含有活性氫原子之官能基發生反應,藉此矽烷偶合劑與碳黑之表面鍵結。因此,從容易使矽烷偶合劑與碳黑之表面鍵結之方面考慮,a較佳為3。 The silanol group generated by the hydrolysis of R A1 , which is an alkoxy group, reacts with functional groups containing active hydrogen atoms such as hydroxyl and carboxyl groups present on the surface of the carbon black, whereby the silane coupling agent is bonded to the surface of the carbon black. Therefore, a is preferably 3 from the viewpoint of easily bonding the silane coupling agent to the surface of the carbon black.

式(I)中,R A2為烷基。關於R A2,烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上12以下,更佳為1以上6以下,從矽烷偶合劑之反應性之觀點考慮,特佳為1或2。作為R A2之較佳具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、正十一烷基、及正十二烷基。 In formula (I), R A2 is an alkyl group. As for R A2 , the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the silane coupling agent. Preferable specific examples of R A2 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, and n-dodecyl.

式(I)中,R A3為伸烷基。關於R A3,伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上12以下,更佳為1以上6以下,特佳為2以上4以下。作為R A3之較佳具體例,可例舉:亞甲基、1,2-伸乙基、1,1-伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,1-二基、丙烷-2,2-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、丁烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,2-二基、丁烷-1,1-二基、丁烷-2,2-二基、丁烷-2,3-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、戊烷-1,4-二基、及己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基、壬烷-1,9-二基、癸烷-1,10-二基、十一烷-1,11-二基、及十二烷-1,12-二基。該等伸烷基中,較佳為1,2-伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、及丁烷-1,4-二基。 In formula (I), R A3 is an alkylene group. As for R A3 , the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and particularly preferably 2 or more and 4 or less. Preferable specific examples of R A3 include methylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,1-ethylene, propane-1,3-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl , propane-1,1-diyl, propane-2,2-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,2-diyl, butane Alkane-1,1-diyl, butane-2,2-diyl, butane-2,3-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, pentane-1,4-diyl, and Hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, nonane-1,9-diyl, decane-1,10-diyl, Undecane-1,11-diyl, and dodecane-1,12-diyl. Among these alkylene groups, 1,2-ethylene, propane-1,3-diyl, and butane-1,4-diyl are preferable.

Y為-NH-、-O-、或-S-,較佳為-NH-。其原因在於,相較於-CO-O-、或-CO-S-所表示之鍵,-CO-NH-所表示之鍵更不易水解。就使用Y為-NH-之化合物作為矽烷偶合劑進行處理後所得到之碳黑而言,矽烷偶合劑之結構不易因酸、鹼等之作用而發生變化,因此容易獲得由使用矽烷偶合劑帶來之期望效果。Y is -NH-, -O-, or -S-, preferably -NH-. The reason for this is that the bond represented by -CO-NH- is less prone to hydrolysis than the bond represented by -CO-O- or -CO-S-. As for the carbon black obtained by using the compound whose Y is -NH- as the silane coupling agent, the structure of the silane coupling agent is not easily changed by the action of acid, alkali, etc., so it is easy to obtain the carbon black by using the silane coupling agent. the desired effect.

R A4為單鍵、或伸烷基,較佳為單鍵。R A4為伸烷基時之較佳例與R A3同樣。 R A4 is a single bond or an alkylene group, preferably a single bond. The preferable example when R A4 is an alkylene group is the same as that of R A3 .

X為可具有取代基之單環或多環之含氮雜芳基,X中之與-Y-R A4-鍵結之環為含氮六員芳香環,-Y-R A4-與該含氮六員芳香環中之碳原子鍵結。原因雖不明確,當使用包含具有此種X之化合物作為矽烷偶合劑之著色組合物時,能夠形成與基材之密接性、耐水性、及耐溶劑性優異之著色成形體。 X is a monocyclic or polycyclic nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group that may have substituents, the ring bonded to -YR A4 - in X is a nitrogen-containing six-membered aromatic ring, -YR A4 - and the nitrogen-containing six-membered aromatic ring The carbon atoms in the ring are bonded. Although the reason is not clear, when a coloring composition containing a compound having such X as a silane coupling agent is used, a colored molded body excellent in adhesion to a substrate, water resistance, and solvent resistance can be formed.

X為多環雜芳基時,雜芳基可以為複數個單環縮合而成之基,亦可以為複數個單環介由單鍵進行鍵結而成之基。X為多環雜芳基時,多環雜芳基中所包含之環數較佳為1以上3以下。X為多環雜芳基時,X中之與含氮六員芳香環縮合或鍵結之環可以包含雜原子亦可以不包含,可以為芳香環亦可以不為芳香環。When X is a polycyclic heteroaryl group, the heteroaryl group may be a group formed by condensing a plurality of monocyclic rings, or a group formed by bonding a plurality of monocyclic rings through a single bond. When X is a polycyclic heteroaryl group, the number of rings contained in the polycyclic heteroaryl group is preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. When X is a polycyclic heteroaryl group, the ring condensed or bonded to the nitrogen-containing six-membered aromatic ring in X may or may not contain a heteroatom, and may or may not be an aromatic ring.

關於作為含氮雜芳基之X可具有之取代基,可例舉碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上6以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上6以下之烯基、碳原子數2以上6以下之烯氧基、碳原子數2以上6以下之脂肪族醯基、苯甲醯基、硝基、亞硝基、胺基、羥基、巰基、氰基、磺酸基、羧基、及鹵素原子等。X具有之取代基之數目於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。X具有之取代基之數目較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。X具有複數個取代基時,複數個取代基可相同,亦可不同。As the substituent that X of the nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group may have, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or less, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or less, and an alkene having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or less can be mentioned. group, alkenyloxy group with 2 to 6 carbon atoms, aliphatic aryl group with 2 to 6 carbon atoms, benzyl group, nitro group, nitroso group, amine group, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, cyano group, sulfonyl group Acid group, carboxyl group, and halogen atom, etc. The number of substituents that X has is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not inhibited. The number of substituents that X has is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less. When X has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.

作為X之較佳例,可例舉下述式之基。 [化1]

Figure 02_image001
As a preferable example of X, the base of the following formula can be mentioned. [hua 1]
Figure 02_image001

上述基中,作為X,更佳為下述式之基。 [化2]

Figure 02_image003
Among the above-mentioned groups, X is more preferably a group of the following formula. [hua 2]
Figure 02_image003

作為以上說明之式(I)表示之化合物之較佳具體例,可例舉以下之化合物1~8。 [化3]

Figure 02_image005
As a preferable specific example of the compound represented by formula (I) demonstrated above, the following compounds 1-8 can be mentioned. [hua 3]
Figure 02_image005

碳黑之利用矽烷偶合劑進行之處理方法並無特別限定,利用矽烷偶合劑進行之處理按照周知之方法進行。典型而言,較佳為下述方法:於可溶解矽烷偶合劑之有機溶劑中並於水之存在下使碳黑與矽烷偶合劑進行反應。The treatment method of carbon black with a silane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and the treatment with a silane coupling agent is performed according to a known method. Typically, the following method is preferred: the carbon black and the silane coupling agent are reacted in the presence of water in an organic solvent in which the silane coupling agent can be dissolved.

矽烷偶合劑之使用量並無特別限定,只要可獲得所期望之效果即可。相對於碳黑100質量份,矽烷偶合劑之使用量較佳為0.5質量份以上15質量份以下,更佳為3質量份以上7質量份以下。The amount of the silane coupling agent used is not particularly limited as long as the desired effect can be obtained. The amount of the silane coupling agent used is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 7 parts by mass or less, relative to 100 parts by mass of carbon black.

利用矽烷偶合劑進行之碳黑之處理係於水之存在下進行。水可以添加於包含碳黑及矽烷偶合劑之處理液中,但並非必須將水添加至處理液中。當利用矽烷偶合劑進行之處理於充分含有水分之空氣氣氛下進行時,因空氣中之水分而使得矽烷偶聯劑所具有之烷氧基被水解,從而生成矽烷醇基。The treatment of carbon black with a silane coupling agent is carried out in the presence of water. Water may be added to the treatment liquid containing carbon black and a silane coupling agent, but it is not necessary to add water to the treatment liquid. When the treatment with the silane coupling agent is carried out in an air atmosphere containing sufficient moisture, the alkoxy group of the silane coupling agent is hydrolyzed by the moisture in the air, thereby generating a silanol group.

利用矽烷偶合劑進行碳黑之處理時之溫度並無特別限定,只要矽烷偶合劑與碳黑之反應良好地進行即可。利用矽烷偶合劑進行之碳黑之處理典型而言,係於25℃以上100℃以下之溫度進行。The temperature when the carbon black is treated with the silane coupling agent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction between the silane coupling agent and the carbon black proceeds well. The treatment of carbon black with a silane coupling agent is typically performed at a temperature of not less than 25°C and not more than 100°C.

又,作為顏料,亦較佳為苝系顏料。作為苝系顏料之具體例,可例舉下述式(A-1)表示之苝系顏料、下述式(A-2)表示之苝系顏料、及下述式(A-3)表示之苝系顏料。市售品中,可較佳地使用BASF公司製之製品名K0084、及K0086、顏料黑21、30、31、32、33、及34等作為苝系顏料。Moreover, as a pigment, a perylene type pigment is also preferable. Specific examples of the perylene-based pigment include a perylene-based pigment represented by the following formula (A-1), a perylene-based pigment represented by the following formula (A-2), and a perylene-based pigment represented by the following formula (A-3). Perylene pigments. Among the commercially available products, product names K0084, K0086, Pigment Black 21, 30, 31, 32, 33, and 34 manufactured by BASF can be preferably used as the perylene-based pigment.

[化4]

Figure 02_image007
式(A-1)中,R A11及R A12各自獨立地表示碳原子數1以上3以下之伸烷基,R A13及R A14各自獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、甲氧基、或乙醯基。 [hua 4]
Figure 02_image007
In formula (A-1), R A11 and R A12 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R A13 and R A14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methoxy group, or an acetyl group base.

[化5]

Figure 02_image009
式(A-2)中,R A15及R A16各自獨立地表示碳原子數1以上7以下之伸烷基。 [hua 5]
Figure 02_image009
In formula (A-2), R A15 and R A16 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.

[化6]

Figure 02_image011
式(A-3)中,R A17及R A18各自獨立地為氫原子、碳原子數1~22之烷基,亦可以包含N、O、S、或P之類之雜原子。R A17及R A18為烷基時,該烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。 [hua 6]
Figure 02_image011
In formula (A-3), R A17 and R A18 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and may also contain a hetero atom such as N, O, S, or P. When R A17 and R A18 are alkyl groups, the alkyl groups may be linear or branched.

上述式(A-1)表示之化合物、式(A-2)表示之化合物、及式(A-3)表示之化合物例如可使用日本專利特開昭62-1753號公報、日本專利特公昭63-26784號公報中所記載之方法進行合成。即,將苝-3,5,9,10-四甲酸或其二酐及胺類作為原料,於水或有機溶劑中進行加熱反應。然後,使得到之粗製物於硫酸中再沈澱、或者於水、有機溶劑或該等之混合溶劑中再結晶,藉此可得到目標物。As the compound represented by the above formula (A-1), the compound represented by the formula (A-2), and the compound represented by the formula (A-3), for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-1753 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63 can be used. Synthesis was carried out by the method described in -26784 Gazette. That is, perylene-3,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid or its dianhydride and amines are used as raw materials, and a heating reaction is performed in water or an organic solvent. Then, the obtained crude product is reprecipitated in sulfuric acid, or recrystallized in water, an organic solvent, or a mixed solvent of these, whereby the target product can be obtained.

為了使苝系顏料良好地分散於著色劑分散液中,苝系顏料之平均粒徑較佳為10 nm以上1000 nm以下。In order to disperse the perylene-based pigment well in the colorant dispersion liquid, the average particle size of the perylene-based pigment is preferably 10 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.

又,作為遮光劑,亦可以包含內醯胺系顏料。作為內醯胺系顏料,例如,可例舉下述式(A-4)表示之化合物。Moreover, as a light-shielding agent, a lactamide-type pigment may be contained. As a lactamide type pigment, the compound represented by following formula (A-4) is mentioned, for example.

[化7]

Figure 02_image013
[hua 7]
Figure 02_image013

式(A-4)中,X A1表示雙鍵,作為幾何異構物,各自獨立地為E體或Z體,R A19各自獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、硝基、甲氧基、溴原子、氯原子、氟原子、羧基、或磺基,R A20各自獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、或苯基,R A21各自獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、或氯原子。 式(A-4)表示之化合物可以單獨使用或組合兩種以上使用。 從容易製造式(A-4)表示之化合物之方面考慮,R A19較佳為鍵結於二氫吲哚環之6位上,R A21較佳為鍵結於二氫吲哚環之4位上。從同樣之觀點考慮,R A19、R A20、及R A21較佳為氫原子。 就式(A-4)表示之化合物而言,作為幾何異構物,具有EE體、ZZ體、EZ體,可以為該等中之任一者之單一化合物,亦可以為該等幾何異構物之混合物。 式(A-4)表示之化合物例如可藉由國際公開第2000/24736號、國際公開第2010/081624號中所記載之方法進行製造。 In the formula (A-4), X A1 represents a double bond, and as geometric isomers, each independently is an E body or a Z body, and R A19 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a nitro group, a methoxy group, a bromine group atom, chlorine atom, fluorine atom, carboxyl group, or sulfo group, R A20 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, methyl group, or phenyl group, and R A21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, methyl group, or chlorine atom. The compounds represented by the formula (A-4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound represented by the formula (A-4), R A19 is preferably bonded to the 6-position of the indoline ring, and R A21 is preferably bonded to the 4-position of the indoline ring. superior. From the same viewpoint, R A19 , R A20 , and R A21 are preferably hydrogen atoms. The compound represented by the formula (A-4) has EE, ZZ, and EZ isomers as geometric isomers, and may be a single compound of any of these, or may be these geometric isomers mixture of things. The compound represented by formula (A-4) can be produced by the method described in, for example, International Publication No. 2000/24736 and International Publication No. 2010/081624.

為了使內醯胺系顏料良好地分散於著色劑分散液中,內醯胺系顏料之平均粒徑較佳為10 nm以上1000 nm以下。In order to disperse the lactamide-based pigment well in the colorant dispersion liquid, the average particle diameter of the lactamide-based pigment is preferably 10 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.

又,作為顏料,亦可使用金屬粒子。 此種金屬粒子較佳為由金屬形成或由金屬及金屬化合物形成,特佳為由金屬形成。 金屬粒子亦可組合包含金屬或金屬化合物各2種以上。 尤其是金屬粒子較佳為包含選自由長式週期表(IUPAC 1991)之第4週期、第5週期、及第6週期所組成之群中之金屬作為主成分。又,金屬粒子較佳為包含選自由第2~14族所組成之群中之金屬作為主成分,更佳為包含選自由第2族、第8族、第9族、第10族、第11族、第12族、第13族、及第14族所組成之群中之金屬作為主成分。作為金屬粒子,進而較佳為第4週期、第5週期或第6週期之金屬,且第2族、第10族、第11族、第12族或第14族之金屬之粒子。 Moreover, as a pigment, a metal particle can also be used. Such metal particles are preferably formed of a metal or formed of a metal and a metal compound, and particularly preferably formed of a metal. The metal particles may contain two or more metals or metal compounds in combination. In particular, the metal particles preferably contain a metal selected from the group consisting of the 4th period, the 5th period, and the 6th period of the long periodic table (IUPAC 1991) as a main component. Further, the metal particles preferably contain a metal selected from the group consisting of Groups 2 to 14 as a main component, and more preferably contain a metal selected from Groups 2, 8, 9, 10, and 11 The metal in the group consisting of Group, Group 12, Group 13, and Group 14 is used as the main component. The metal particles are more preferably a metal of the fourth period, the fifth period or the sixth period, and the particles of the metal of the second group, the tenth group, the 11th group, the 12th group or the 14th group.

作為金屬粒子中所包含之金屬之較佳例,可例舉選自銅、銀、金、鉑、鈀、鎳、錫、鈷、銠、銥、鐵、鈣、釕、鋨、錳、鉬、鎢、鈮、鉭、鈦、鉍、銻、鉛、及該等之合金中之至少1種。該等中較佳之金屬為銅、銀、金、鉑、鈀、鎳、錫、鈷、銠、鈣、銥、及該等之合金,更佳之金屬為選自銅、銀、金、鉑、鈀、錫、鈣、及該等之合金中之至少1種,特佳之金屬為選自銅、銀、金、鉑、錫、及該等之合金中之至少1種。 又,此種金屬粒子可採用核-殼結構。 Preferred examples of the metal contained in the metal particles include copper, silver, gold, platinum, palladium, nickel, tin, cobalt, rhodium, iridium, iron, calcium, ruthenium, osmium, manganese, molybdenum, At least one of tungsten, niobium, tantalum, titanium, bismuth, antimony, lead, and their alloys. Preferred metals among these are copper, silver, gold, platinum, palladium, nickel, tin, cobalt, rhodium, calcium, iridium, and alloys thereof, and more preferred metals are selected from copper, silver, gold, platinum, palladium , tin, calcium, and at least one of these alloys, and a particularly preferred metal is at least one selected from copper, silver, gold, platinum, tin, and these alloys. Also, such metal particles may adopt a core-shell structure.

上文例舉出之金屬粒子中,包含以銀錫(AgSn)合金為主成分之微粒(以下,稱為「AgSn合金微粒」)之無機顏料亦可較佳地用作遮光劑。於該AgSn合金微粒中,AgSn合金為主成分即可,還可包含例如Ni、Pd、Au等作為其他金屬成分。 該AgSn合金微粒之平均粒徑較佳為1 nm以上300 nm以下。 Among the metal particles exemplified above, inorganic pigments containing particles mainly composed of silver-tin (AgSn) alloy (hereinafter, referred to as "AgSn alloy particles") can also be preferably used as sunscreens. In the AgSn alloy fine particles, the AgSn alloy may be the main component, and for example, Ni, Pd, Au and the like may be contained as other metal components. The average particle size of the AgSn alloy fine particles is preferably 1 nm or more and 300 nm or less.

AgSn合金由化學式AgxSn表示時,可得到化學性質穩定之AgSn合金之x之範圍為1≦x≦10,可同時得到化學穩定性及黑度之x之範圍為3≦x≦4。 此處,於上述x之範圍內,求出AgSn合金中之Ag之質量比,結果為 x=1時,       Ag/AgSn=0.4762 x=3時,   3・Ag/Ag3Sn=0.7317 x=4時,   4・Ag/Ag4Sn=0.7843 x=10時,10・Ag/Ag10Sn=0.9008 因此,對於該AgSn合金而言,含有47.6~90質量%之Ag時化學性質穩定,含有73.17~78.43重量%之Ag時,可對應於Ag量而有效地獲得化學穩定性及黑度。 When the AgSn alloy is represented by the chemical formula AgxSn, the range of x that can obtain chemically stable AgSn alloy is 1≦x≦10, and the range of x that can simultaneously obtain chemical stability and blackness is 3≦x≦4. Here, within the range of the above x, the mass ratio of Ag in the AgSn alloy is obtained, and the result is: When x=1, Ag/AgSn=0.4762 When x=3, 3・Ag/Ag3Sn=0.7317 When x=4, 4・Ag/Ag4Sn=0.7843 When x=10, 10・Ag/Ag10Sn=0.9008 Therefore, in this AgSn alloy, when Ag is contained in an amount of 47.6 to 90 mass %, the chemical properties are stable, and when Ag is contained in an amount of 73.17 to 78.43 wt %, chemical stability and blackness can be effectively obtained according to the amount of Ag.

該AgSn合金微粒可使用通常之微粒合成法進行製作。作為微粒合成法,可例舉氣相反應法、噴霧熱分解法、霧化法、液相反應法、冷凍乾燥法、水熱合成法等。The AgSn alloy fine particles can be produced by an ordinary fine particle synthesis method. As the microparticle synthesis method, a gas-phase reaction method, a spray thermal decomposition method, an atomization method, a liquid-phase reaction method, a freeze-drying method, a hydrothermal synthesis method, etc. may be mentioned.

雖然AgSn合金微粒之絕緣性較高,但根據使用顏料分散液所製備之著色組合物之用途,亦可用絕緣膜被覆表面,以進一步提高絕緣性。作為此種絕緣膜之材料,金屬氧化物或有機高分子化合物較為適宜。 作為金屬氧化物,可適宜使用具有絕緣性之金屬氧化物,例如氧化矽(二氧化矽)、氧化鋁(alumina)、氧化鋯(zirconia)、氧化釔(yttria)、氧化鈦(titania)等。 又,作為有機高分子化合物,可適宜使用具有絕緣性之樹脂,例如聚醯亞胺、聚醚、聚丙烯酸酯、聚胺化合物等。 Although the insulating properties of AgSn alloy particles are relatively high, depending on the application of the coloring composition prepared by using the pigment dispersion liquid, the surface can also be covered with an insulating film to further improve the insulating properties. As a material of such an insulating film, a metal oxide or an organic polymer compound is suitable. As the metal oxide, an insulating metal oxide such as silicon oxide (silicon dioxide), aluminum oxide (alumina), zirconia (zirconia), yttria (yttria), and titanium oxide (titania) can be suitably used. Moreover, as an organic polymer compound, the resin which has insulating property, for example, polyimide, polyether, polyacrylate, polyamine compound, etc. can be used suitably.

當使用後述之著色組合物形成絕緣膜時,為了充分地提高AgSn合金微粒之表面之絕緣性,絕緣膜之膜厚較佳為1 nm以上100 nm以下,更佳為5 nm以上50 nm以下。 絕緣膜可利用表面改質技術或表面之塗覆技術而容易地形成。尤其是若使用四乙氧基矽烷、三乙醇鋁等醇鹽,則可於相對較低溫度下形成膜厚均勻之絕緣膜,故而較佳。 When the insulating film is formed using the coloring composition described later, in order to sufficiently improve the insulating properties of the surface of the AgSn alloy fine particles, the thickness of the insulating film is preferably 1 nm or more and 100 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or more and 50 nm or less. The insulating film can be easily formed using a surface modification technique or a surface coating technique. In particular, if an alkoxide such as tetraethoxysilane and aluminum triethoxide is used, an insulating film with a uniform thickness can be formed at a relatively low temperature, which is preferable.

作為遮光劑,可單獨使用上述之苝系顏料、內醯胺系顏料、AgSn合金微粒,亦可將該等組合使用。 此外,出於調節色相之目的等,遮光劑可同時包含上述之黑色顏料、紫色顏料;以及紅色、藍色、綠色、黃色等色相之色素。除黑色顏料、紫色顏料之外之色相之色素可從公知之色素中適當選擇。例如作為除黑色顏料、紫色顏料之外之色相之色素,可使用上述各種顏料。對於黑色顏料、紫色顏料之外之其他色相之色素之使用量而言,相對於遮光劑之總質量,較佳為15質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下。 As the light-shielding agent, the above-mentioned perylene-based pigments, lactamide-based pigments, and AgSn alloy fine particles may be used alone or in combination. In addition, for the purpose of adjusting the hue, etc., the sunscreen agent may simultaneously contain the above-mentioned black pigment, purple pigment, and pigments of hues such as red, blue, green, and yellow. Pigments for hues other than black pigments and purple pigments can be appropriately selected from known pigments. For example, the above-mentioned various pigments can be used as pigments of hues other than black pigments and violet pigments. The usage-amount of the pigments of other hues other than the black pigment and the purple pigment is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the sunscreen agent.

又,無機顏料及有機顏料可各自單獨使用或併用2種以上,於併用之情形時,相對於無機顏料及有機顏料之總量100質量份,較佳為以10質量份以上80質量份以下之範圍使用有機顏料,更佳為以20質量份以上40質量份以下之範圍使用。In addition, the inorganic pigments and the organic pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When used together, the amount is preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the inorganic pigments and the organic pigments. An organic pigment is used in the range, and it is more preferable to use it in the range of 20 mass parts or more and 40 mass parts or less.

以上說明之顏料與後述之聚醯胺酸、及包含非質子性極性有機溶劑之分散介質一同形成顏料分散液。顏料分散液中,固形物成分中之顏料之含量並無特別限定。從容易使顏料良好地分散之方面、及容易製備以所期望之濃度包含顏料之著色組合物之方面考慮,顏料分散液之固形物成分中之顏料的含量較佳為40質量%以上99質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以上90質量%以下,進而較佳為40質量%以上80質量%以下。The pigment described above forms a pigment dispersion liquid together with a polyamide acid described later, and a dispersion medium containing an aprotic polar organic solvent. In the pigment dispersion liquid, the content of the pigment in the solid content is not particularly limited. The content of the pigment in the solid content of the pigment dispersion liquid is preferably 40% by mass or more and 99% by mass in view of the ease of dispersing the pigment well and the ease of preparation of a coloring composition containing the pigment at a desired concentration Below, it is more preferable that it is 40 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less, and it is still more preferable that it is 40 mass % or more and 80 mass % or less.

藉由將顏料於後述之特定結構之聚醯胺酸之存在下且於包含非質子性極性有機溶劑之分散介質中分散,從而顏料不凝集而短時間地穩定分散於顏料分散液中。分散粒徑越小,意味著顏料越不凝集、分散性越良好,例如以分散粒徑成為90 nm以下之方式分散。By dispersing the pigment in a dispersion medium containing an aprotic polar organic solvent in the presence of a polyamide of a specific structure described later, the pigment is stably dispersed in the pigment dispersion liquid for a short time without aggregation. The smaller the dispersed particle size is, the less the pigment is aggregated and the better the dispersibility, for example, it is dispersed so that the dispersed particle size becomes 90 nm or less.

[聚醯胺酸] 聚醯胺酸係用作用於使顏料分散之分散劑。認為聚醯胺酸之分子鏈藉由氫鍵、如與顏料表面之分子間力之相互作用而以點之形式結合於顏料之一次粒子的表面。因此認為,於顏料之一次粒子之表面,聚醯胺酸之的分子鏈發揮間隔物(spacer)之作用,促進顏料之分散,並且使分散穩定化。 [Polyamide] Polyamides are used as dispersants for dispersing pigments. It is believed that the molecular chain of the polyamide acid is bound to the surface of the primary particle of the pigment in the form of dots by hydrogen bonding, such as the interaction of the intermolecular force with the surface of the pigment. Therefore, it is considered that on the surface of the primary particle of the pigment, the molecular chain of the polyamic acid acts as a spacer to promote the dispersion of the pigment and stabilize the dispersion.

顏料分散液較佳為不包含聚醯胺酸以外之樹脂成分。當顏料分散液包含聚醯胺酸以外的樹脂成分時,有時顏料之一次粒子之凝集體由樹脂被覆,從而使得凝集體不易崩解,或者阻礙聚醯胺酸之分子吸附於顏料之一次粒子之表面,導致顏料難以分散。It is preferable that the pigment dispersion liquid does not contain resin components other than polyamic acid. When the pigment dispersion liquid contains resin components other than polyamic acid, the aggregates of the primary particles of the pigment may be coated with the resin, so that the aggregates are not easily disintegrated, or the adsorption of the molecules of the polyamic acid to the primary particles of the pigment may be hindered. surface, making it difficult for the pigment to disperse.

關於聚醯胺酸之分子量,以質量平均分子量計,較佳為5,000以上30,000以下,更佳為10,000以上20,000以下。當聚醯胺酸之分子量於上述範圍內時,能夠使用不會對調配有顏料分散液之各種組合物之特性造成較大影響程度之量的聚醯胺酸而使顏料良好且穩定地分散。The molecular weight of the polyamic acid is preferably 5,000 or more and 30,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or more and 20,000 or less, in terms of mass average molecular weight. When the molecular weight of the polyamic acid is within the above-mentioned range, the pigment can be well and stably dispersed by using the polyamic acid in an amount that does not greatly affect the properties of various compositions to which the pigment dispersion liquid is formulated.

聚醯胺酸之使用量並無特別限定。從顏料之分散容易性之方面考慮,相對於顏料100質量份,聚醯胺酸較佳為以20質量份以上80質量份以下之量使用,更佳為以30質量份以上70質量份以下之量使用。The usage-amount of polyamide is not specifically limited. From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment, the polyamic acid is preferably used in an amount of not less than 20 parts by mass and not more than 80 parts by mass, more preferably not less than 30 parts by mass and not more than 70 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. amount used.

作為聚醯胺酸,可以無特別限制地使用先前已知之聚醯胺酸。聚醯胺酸通常為二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分縮聚而成之聚合物。 作為二胺成分,並無特別限定。二胺成分可以為脂肪族二胺化合物,亦可以為於其結構中具有芳香族基之二胺化合物。 作為四羧酸二酐成分,並無特別限定。四羧酸二酐成分可以為脂肪族四羧酸二酐,亦可以為於其結構中具有芳香族基之四羧酸之二酐。 例如,作為二胺成分及四羧酸二酐成分,可以無特別限制地使用後述之化合物。 As the polyamic acid, previously known polyamic acid can be used without particular limitation. Polyamic acid is usually a polymer obtained by polycondensation of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component. It does not specifically limit as a diamine component. The diamine component may be an aliphatic diamine compound or a diamine compound having an aromatic group in the structure. It does not specifically limit as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride component may be an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or may be a dianhydride of a tetracarboxylic acid having an aromatic group in its structure. For example, as a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, the compound mentioned later can be used without a restriction|limiting in particular.

從顏料之分散性特別良好、特別容易得到能夠形成耐熱性優異之著色膜之著色組合物的方面考慮,作為聚醯胺酸,較佳為使用包含下述式(a1)表示之結構單元之聚醯胺酸。 即,如下聚醯胺酸,其包含 [化8]

Figure 02_image015
(式(a1)中,A 1為四價有機基,A 2為二價有機基) 所表示之結構單元,且 A 1為下述式(a2)表示之基, [化9]
Figure 02_image017
(式(a2)中,R a11、R a12、及R a13各自獨立地為選自由氫原子、碳原子數1以上5以下之烷基及氟原子所組成之群中之1種,a為0以上12以下之整數) 或者,A 2為下述式(a3)表示之基, -Ar 1-X-Ar 2-・・・(a3) (式(a3)中,Ar 1及Ar 2各自獨立地為可具有取代基之伸苯基或伸萘基,X為-CO-NH-)。 Since the dispersibility of the pigment is particularly good, and it is particularly easy to obtain a coloring composition capable of forming a coloring film excellent in heat resistance, it is preferable to use a polymer containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (a1) as the polyamic acid. Amino acid. That is, the following polyamic acid, which contains [Chemical 8]
Figure 02_image015
(In formula (a1), A 1 is a tetravalent organic group, A 2 is a divalent organic group) represented by a structural unit, and A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (a2), [Chemical 9]
Figure 02_image017
(In formula (a2), R a11 , R a12 , and R a13 are each independently one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a fluorine atom, and a is 0 Integer above 12 or less) Alternatively, A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (a3), -Ar 1 -X-Ar 2 -・・・(a3) (In formula (a3), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently X is phenylene or naphthylene which may have substituents, and X is -CO-NH-).

式(a1)中,A 1為四價有機基,其碳原子數較佳為2以上50以下,更佳為2以上30以下。A 1可以為脂肪族基,亦可以為芳香族基,亦可以為將該等結構組合而成之基。 通常,A 1為從用於製造聚醯胺酸之四羧酸二酐中除去2個酸酐基後所得之殘基。 其中,式(a1)中,A 2為上述式(a3)表示之基以外之基之時,式(a1)中之A 1必定為式(a2)表示之基。 A 1除了包含碳原子、及氫原子外,還可以包含鹵素原子、氧原子、及硫原子。A 1包含氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子時,氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子可以選自含氮雜環基、-CONH-、-NH-、-N=N-、-CH=N-、-COO-、-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-S-、及-S-S-中之基的形式包含於A 1中,更佳為以選自-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-S-、及-S-S-中之基的形式包含於A 1中。 In formula (a1), A 1 is a tetravalent organic group, and the number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably 2 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 30 or less. A 1 may be an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining these structures. Usually, A 1 is a residue obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the production of polyamic acid. However, in the formula (a1), when A2 is a group other than the group represented by the above - mentioned formula (a3), A1 in the formula (a1) must be the group represented by the formula (a2). A 1 may contain a halogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom in addition to a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom. When A 1 contains an oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, or sulfur atom, the oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, or sulfur atom may be selected from nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups, -CONH-, -NH-, -N=N-, -CH=N -, -COO-, -O-, -CO-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, and -SS- are included in A 1 in the form of groups, more preferably selected from -O The forms of the radicals in -, -CO-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, and -SS- are included in A 1 .

從顏料於顏料分散液中之分散穩定性、使用由顏料分散液製備之著色組合物所形成之著色成形品之耐熱良好的方面考慮,式(a1)中之A 1較佳為上述式(a2)表示之基。 A 1 in the formula (a1) is preferably the above formula (a2) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the pigment in the pigment dispersion liquid and the good heat resistance of the colored molded article formed by using the coloring composition prepared from the pigment dispersion liquid ) represents the base.

可選作式(a2)中之R a11之烷基係碳原子數為1以上5以下之烷基。藉由使作為R a11之烷基之碳原子數於上述範圍內,而容易使用包含顏料分散液之著色組合物形成耐熱性優異之著色成形品。烷基之碳原子數進而較佳為1以上4以下,特佳為1以上3以下。 R a11為烷基時,該烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。 The alkyl group that can be selected as R a11 in the formula (a2) is an alkyl group having 1 or more and 5 or less carbon atoms. By making the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group as R a11 within the above-mentioned range, it becomes easy to form a colored molded article excellent in heat resistance using the coloring composition containing the pigment dispersion liquid. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is further preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. When R a11 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched.

作為式(a2)中之R a11,從提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之獲得及純化容易的方面考慮,更佳為氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基或異丙基,特佳為氫原子或甲基。 從提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之純化容易的方面考慮,式(a2)中之複數個R a11較佳為相同之基。 R a11 in formula (a2) is more preferably a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, normal A propyl group or an isopropyl group is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. From the viewpoint of easy purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2), the plurality of R a11 in the formula (a2) are preferably the same group.

式(a2)中之a表示0以上12以下之整數。a之值超過12時,提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之純化困難。 從提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之純化容易的方面考慮,a之上限較佳為5,更佳為3。 從提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之化學穩定性的方面考慮,a之下限較佳為1,更佳為2。 式(a2)中之a特佳為2或3。 a in formula (a2) represents an integer of 0 or more and 12 or less. When the value of a exceeds 12, purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2) becomes difficult. The upper limit of a is preferably 5, more preferably 3, from the viewpoint of easy purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2). The lower limit of a is preferably 1, more preferably 2, from the viewpoint of providing the chemical stability of the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. In the formula (a2), a is particularly preferably 2 or 3.

可選作式(a2)中之R a12、及R a13之碳原子數1以上5以下之烷基係與可選作R a11之碳原子數1以上5以下的烷基相同。 從提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之純化容易的方面考慮,R a12、及R a13較佳為氫原子、或者碳原子數1以上5以下之烷基,特佳為氫原子或甲基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a12 and R a13 in formula (a2) is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a11 . R a12 and R a13 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, particularly from the viewpoint of easy purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2). Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐,例如可例舉:降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐(別名為「降𦯉烷-2-螺-2'-環戊酮-5'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐」)、甲基降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α'-螺-2''-(甲基降𦯉烷)-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環己酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐(別名為「降𦯉烷-2-螺-2'-環己酮-6'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐」)、甲基降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環己酮-α'-螺-2''-(甲基降𦯉烷)-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環丙酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環丁酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環庚酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環辛酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環壬酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環癸酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十一烷酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十二烷酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十三烷酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十四烷酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十五烷酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-(甲基環戊酮)-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-(甲基環己酮)-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四甲酸二酐等。As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2), for example, norcan-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-norcan -5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (alias "nor-2-spiro-2'-cyclopentanone-5'-spiro-2''-nor-nor-5 ,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride"), methyl nor alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-(methyl nor alkane) -5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-noralkane-5,5'' ,6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (alias is "nor alkane-2-spiro-2'-cyclohexanone-6'-spiro-2''-nor alkane-5,5'',6 ,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride"), methylnoroxane-2-spiro-α-cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-(methylnoroxane)-5,5'' ,6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, Noroxane-2-spiro-α-cycloacetone-α'-spiro-2''-noroxane-5,5'',6,6''- Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclobutanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor 𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cycloheptanone-α'-spiro-2''-noralkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, noralkane-2-spiro -α-Cyclooctanone-α'-spiro-2''-noroxane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, noroxane-2-spiro-α-cyclononanone -α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclodecanone-α'-spiro- 2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cycloundecanone-α'-spiro-2''- Nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclododecanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane- 5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclotridecone-α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5' ',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclotetradecanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6, 6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentadecanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6,6''- Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor𦯉alkane-2-spiro-α-(methylcyclopentanone)-α'-spiro-2''-nor𦯉alkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, noralkane-2-spiro-α-(methylcyclohexanone)-α'-spiro-2''-noralkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride Wait.

又,作為提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐,從純化聚醯胺酸之聚醯亞胺樹脂之熱物性、機械物性、光學特性、電特性良好的方面考慮,較佳為含有下述式(a2-1)表示之化合物(A2-1)及下述式(a2-2)表示之化合物(A2-2)中之至少1種,且化合物(A2-1)及化合物(A2-2)之總量為30莫耳%以上。 [化10]

Figure 02_image019
(式(a2-1)中,R a11、R a12、R a13、a係與式(a2)中之R a11、R a12、R a13、a之含義相同) [化11]
Figure 02_image021
(式(a2-2)中,R a11、R a12、R a13、a係與式(a2)中之R a11、R a12、R a13、a之含義相同) In addition, as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2), from the viewpoint of good thermal properties, mechanical properties, optical properties, and electrical properties of the polyimide resin for purifying polyamide acid, Preferably, it contains at least one of the compound (A2-1) represented by the following formula (a2-1) and the compound (A2-2) represented by the following formula (a2-2), and the compound (A2-1) And the total amount of compound (A2-2) is 30 mol% or more. [Chemical 10]
Figure 02_image019
(In formula (a2-1), R a11 , R a12 , R a13 , and a have the same meanings as R a11 , R a12 , R a13 , and a in formula (a2))
Figure 02_image021
(In formula (a2-2), R a11 , R a12 , R a13 , and a have the same meanings as R a11 , R a12 , R a13 , and a in formula (a2))

式(a2-1)表示之化合物(A2-1)為如下會提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之異構物,即2個降𦯉烷基呈反式組態且相對於該2個降𦯉烷基各者,環烷酮之羰基呈內向之立體組態。 式(a2-2)表示之化合物(A2-2)為如下會提供式(a2)表示之四價有機基之四羧酸二酐之異構物,即2個降𦯉烷基呈順式組態且相對於該2個降𦯉烷基各者,環烷酮之羰基呈內向之立體組態。 再者,以上述比率含有此種異構物之四羧酸二酐之製造方法亦無特別限制,可以適當採用公知之方法,例如可以適當採用國際公開第2014/034760號記載之方法等。 The compound (A2-1) represented by the formula (a2-1) is an isomer of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that will provide the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2) as follows, that is, 2 noralkyi groups are in a trans group. The carbonyl group of cycloalkanone is in an inward stereoscopic configuration relative to each of the two nor-alkane groups. The compound (A2-2) represented by the formula (a2-2) is an isomer of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which will provide the tetravalent organic group represented by the formula (a2) as follows, that is, 2 noralkyi groups are in a cis group. The carbonyl group of cycloalkanone is in an inward stereoscopic configuration relative to each of the two nor-alkane groups. In addition, the manufacturing method of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing such an isomer at the said ratio is also not specifically limited, A well-known method can be suitably used, for example, the method of International Publication No. 2014/034760 can be suitably used.

作為提供四價有機基即A1之四羧酸二酐,亦較佳為芳香族四羧酸二酐。 作為芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可例舉均苯四甲酸二酐、1,4-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯二酐、3,3',4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四甲酸二酐、2,3,3',4'-聯苯四甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四甲酸二酐等。 As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the tetravalent organic group, that is, A1, an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is also preferable. As the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, pyromellitic dianhydride, 1,4-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'- Oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4, 4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc.

又,作為芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可以為下述通式(a2a)~(a2c)表示之化合物。 [化12]

Figure 02_image023
Moreover, as an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the compound represented by following general formula (a2a) - (a2c) can be used, for example. [Chemical 12]
Figure 02_image023

上述式(a2a)及式(a2b)中,R a1、R a2及R a3各自表示可以被鹵素取代之脂肪族基、氧原子、硫原子、介隔有一個以上之二價元素之芳香族基中之任一者、或由該等之組合構成之二價基。R a2及R a3可以相同亦可以不同。 即,R a1、R a2及R a3可以包含碳-碳之單鍵、碳-氧-碳之醚鍵或鹵元素(氟、氯、溴、碘)。作為式(a2a)表示之化合物,可例舉2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)丙烷二酐、及1,4-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯二酐等。 In the above formulas (a2a) and (a2b), R a1 , R a2 and R a3 each represent an aliphatic group which may be substituted by halogen, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an aromatic group interposed by one or more divalent elements Either one, or a bivalent group consisting of a combination of these. R a2 and R a3 may be the same or different. That is, R a1 , R a2 and R a3 may contain a carbon-carbon single bond, a carbon-oxygen-carbon ether bond, or a halogen element (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine). As the compound represented by the formula (a2a), 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)propane dianhydride and 1,4-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)benzene may, for example, be mentioned Dianhydride, etc.

又,上述式(a2c)中,R a4、R a5表示可以被鹵素取代之脂肪族基、介隔有一個以上之二價元素之芳香族基、鹵素中之任一者、或由該等之組合構成之一價取代基。R a4、及R a5各自可以相同亦可以不同。作為式(a2c)表示之化合物,亦可使用二氟均苯四甲酸二酐、及二氯均苯四甲酸二酐等。 Furthermore, in the above formula (a2c), R a4 and R a5 represent an aliphatic group which may be substituted by halogen, an aromatic group interposed by one or more divalent elements, halogen, or any of these The combination constitutes a valent substituent. Each of R a4 and R a5 may be the same or different. As the compound represented by the formula (a2c), difluoropymellitic dianhydride, dichloropymellitic dianhydride, and the like can also be used.

作為分子內含有氟之四羧酸二酐,例如可例舉:(三氟甲基)均苯四甲酸二酐、二(三氟甲基)均苯四甲酸二酐、二(七氟丙基)均苯四甲酸二酐、五氟乙基均苯四甲酸二酐、雙{3,5-二(三氟甲基)苯氧基}均苯四甲酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、5,5'-雙(三氟甲基)-3,3',4,4'-四羧基聯苯二酐、2,2',5,5'-四(三氟甲基)-3,3',4,4'-四羧基聯苯二酐、5,5'-雙(三氟甲基)-3,3',4,4'-四羧基二苯基醚二酐、5,5'-雙(三氟甲基)-3,3',4,4'-四羧基二苯甲酮二酐、雙{(三氟甲基)二羧基苯氧基}苯二酐、雙{(三氟甲基)二羧基苯氧基}(三氟甲基)苯二酐、雙(二羧基苯氧基)(三氟甲基)苯二酐、雙(二羧基苯氧基)雙(三氟甲基)苯二酐、雙(二羧基苯氧基)四(三氟甲基)苯二酐、2,2-雙{4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基}六氟丙烷二酐、雙{(三氟甲基)二羧基苯氧基}聯苯二酐、雙{(三氟甲基)二羧基苯氧基}雙(三氟甲基)聯苯二酐、雙{(三氟甲基)二羧基苯氧基}二苯基醚二酐、雙(二羧基苯氧基)雙(三氟甲基)聯苯二酐、二氟均苯四甲酸二酐、1,4-雙(3,4-二羧基三氟苯氧基)四氟苯二酐、1,4-雙(3,4-二羧基三氟苯氧基)八氟聯苯二酐等。As tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing fluorine in the molecule, for example, (trifluoromethyl) pyromellitic dianhydride, bis(trifluoromethyl) pyromellitic dianhydride, bis(heptafluoropropyl) may be mentioned. ) pyromellitic dianhydride, pentafluoroethyl pyromellitic dianhydride, bis{3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy}pymellitic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3 ,4-Dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 5,5'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxybiphthalic anhydride, 2,2',5 ,5'-Tetrakis(trifluoromethyl)-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxybiphthalic anhydride, 5,5'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-3,3',4,4 '-Tetracarboxydiphenyl ether dianhydride, 5,5'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxybenzophenone dianhydride, bis{(trifluoromethyl) ) dicarboxyphenoxy}phthalic anhydride, bis{(trifluoromethyl)dicarboxyphenoxy}(trifluoromethyl)phthalic anhydride, bis(dicarboxyphenoxy)(trifluoromethyl)benzene Dianhydride, bis(dicarboxyphenoxy)bis(trifluoromethyl)phthalic anhydride, bis(dicarboxyphenoxy)tetrakis(trifluoromethyl)phthalic anhydride, 2,2-bis{4-( 3,4-Dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl}hexafluoropropane dianhydride, bis{(trifluoromethyl)dicarboxyphenoxy}biphenyl dianhydride, bis{(trifluoromethyl)dicarboxyphenoxy base}bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl dianhydride, bis{(trifluoromethyl)dicarboxyphenoxy}diphenyl ether dianhydride, bis(dicarboxyphenoxy)bis(trifluoromethyl) Biphthalic anhydride, difluoropyromellitic dianhydride, 1,4-bis(3,4-dicarboxytrifluorophenoxy)tetrafluorophthalic anhydride, 1,4-bis(3,4-dicarboxylate) Trifluorophenoxy) octafluorobiphthalic anhydride and the like.

式(a1)中,A 2為二價有機基,其碳原子數較佳為2以上50以下,更佳為6以上30以下。A 2可以為脂肪族基,可以為芳香族基,亦可以為將該等結構組合而成之基。 通常,A 2為從用於製造聚醯胺酸之二胺中除去2個胺基後後所得之殘基。 但是,式(a1)中,A 1為上述式(a2)表示之基以外之基時,式(a1)中之A 2必定為式(a3)表示之基。 In formula (a1), A 2 is a divalent organic group, and the number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably 2 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 30 or less. A 2 may be an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining these structures. Generally, A 2 is the residue obtained by removing two amine groups from the diamine used for the production of polyamic acid. However, in the formula (a1), when A 1 is a group other than the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (a2), A 2 in the formula (a1) must be the group represented by the formula (a3).

從顏料於顏料分散液中之分散穩定性、使用由顏料分散液製備之著色組合物所形成之著色成形品之耐熱良好的方面考慮,式(a1)中之A 2較佳為下述式(a3)表示之基。 -Ar 1-X-Ar 2-・・・(a3) (式(a3)中,Ar 1、及Ar 2各自獨立地為可具有取代基之伸苯基或伸萘基,X為-CO-NH-) A2 in formula (a1) is preferably the following formula ( a3) represents the basis. -Ar 1 -X-Ar 2 -・・・(a3) (In formula (a3), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an optionally substituted phenylene or naphthylene, and X is -CO- NH-)

Ar 1、及Ar 2各自獨立地為可具有取代基之伸苯基或伸萘基。作為取代基,並無特別限定。作為伸苯基、及伸萘基可具有之取代基之較佳例,可例舉碳原子數1以上4以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上4以下之鹵代烷基、碳原子數1以上4以下之烷氧基、碳原子數1以上4以下之鹵代烷氧基、碳原子數2以上4以下之醯基、碳原子數2以上4以下之醯氧基、鹵素原子、及氰基等。 Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently a phenylene group or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples of the substituent which the phenylene group and the naphthylene group may have include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, haloalkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The following alkoxy groups, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, aryloxy groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, and cyano groups.

作為Ar 1及Ar 2之伸苯基或伸萘基可具有之取代基之數目於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。取代基之數目較佳為0以上4以下,更佳為0以上2以下,進而較佳為0或1。 The number of substituents that the phenylene group or naphthylene group as Ar 1 and Ar 2 may have is not particularly limited within a range that does not inhibit the purpose of the present invention. The number of substituents is preferably 0 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 0 or more and 2 or less, and still more preferably 0 or 1.

作為Ar 1及Ar 2之可具有取代基之伸苯基可以為鄰伸苯基、間伸苯基、及對伸苯基中之任一者,較佳為間伸苯基、及對伸苯基,更佳為對伸苯基。 關於作為Ar 1及Ar 2之可具有取代基之伸萘基所具有之2個鍵結鍵的位置,於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為伸萘基,較佳為萘-1,4-二基、萘-1,3-二基、萘-1,2-二基、萘-2,3-二基、萘-2,6-二基、及萘-2,7-二基,更佳為萘-1,4-二基、萘-2,6-二基、及萘-2,7-二基。 The phenylene which may have a substituent as Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be any of ortho-phenylene, meta-phenylene, and para-phenylene, preferably meta-phenylene and para-phenylene group, more preferably p-phenylene group. The positions of the two bonding bonds of the optionally substituted naphthylene group as Ar 1 and Ar 2 are not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not inhibited. The naphthylene extended group is preferably naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl Diyl and naphthalene-2,7-diyl, more preferably naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, and naphthalene-2,7-diyl.

作為式(a3)表示之基,較佳為Ar 1及Ar 2各自獨立地為對伸苯基、間伸苯基、萘-1,4-二基、萘-2,6-二基、或萘-2,7-二基之基,更佳為Ar 1及Ar 2各自獨立地為對伸苯基、或間伸苯基之基,特佳為Ar 1及Ar 2均為對伸苯基之基。 即,式(a3)表示之單元較佳為從4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、3,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、或4,3'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺中除去2個胺基後所得之殘基,更佳為從4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺中除去2個胺基後所得之殘基。 As the group represented by the formula (a3), it is preferable that Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently p-phenylene, m-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, or The base of naphthalene-2,7-diyl, more preferably Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently a base of p-phenylene or m-phenylene, particularly preferably Ar 1 and Ar 2 are both p-phenylene foundation. That is, the unit represented by the formula (a3) is preferably selected from 4,4'-diaminobenzylaniline, 3,4'-diaminobenzylaniline, or 4,3'-diaminobenzylaniline The residue obtained by removing two amine groups from aniline is more preferably the residue obtained by removing two amine groups from 4,4'-diaminobenzylaniline.

A 2為包含1個以上之芳香環之有機基時,該有機基可以為1個芳香族基本身,亦可以為2個以上之芳香族基介由脂肪族烴基及鹵代脂肪族烴基、或含有氧原子、硫原子、及氮原子等雜原子之鍵而鍵結而成之基。作為A 2中所包含之含有氧原子、硫原子、及氮原子等雜原子之鍵,可例舉-CONH-、-NH-、-N=N-、-CH=N-、-COO-、-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-S-、及-S-S-等,較佳為-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-S-、及-S-S-。 When A 2 is an organic group containing one or more aromatic rings, the organic group may be one aromatic group itself, or two or more aromatic groups through an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or A base formed by bonds with heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of bonds containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms contained in A 2 include -CONH-, -NH-, -N=N-, -CH=N-, -COO-, -O-, -CO-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, and -SS-, etc., preferably -O-, -CO-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -S- , and -SS-.

A 2中之與胺基鍵結之芳香環較佳為苯環。A 2中之與胺基鍵結之環為包含2個以上之環的縮合環時,該縮合環中之與胺基鍵結之環較佳為苯環。 又,A 2中包含之芳香環可以為芳香族雜環。 The aromatic ring bonded to the amino group in A 2 is preferably a benzene ring. When the ring bonded to the amino group in A2 is a condensed ring containing two or more rings, the ring bonded to the amino group in the condensed ring is preferably a benzene ring. Moreover, the aromatic ring contained in A2 may be an aromatic heterocyclic ring.

A 2為包含芳香族環之有機基時,從使用樹脂組合物形成之固化物之耐熱性的方面考慮,該有機基較佳為下述式(21)~(24)表示之基中之至少1種。 [化13]

Figure 02_image025
(式(21)~(24)中,R 111表示選自由氫原子、氟原子、羥基、碳原子數1以上4以下之烷基、及碳原子數1以上4以下之鹵代烷基所組成之群中之1種。式(24)中,Q表示選自由9,9'-亞茀基、或式:-C 6H 4-、-CONH-C 6H 4-NHCO-、-NHCO-C 6H 4-CONH-、-O-C 6H 4-CO-C 6H 4-O-、-OCO-C 6H 4-COO-、-OCO-C 6H 4-C 6H 4-COO-、-OCO-、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-C(CH 3) 2-、-CH 2-、-O-C 6H 4-SO 2-C 6H 4-O-、-C(CH 3) 2-C 6H 4-C(CH 3) 2-、-O-C 10H 6-O-、及-O-C 6H 4-O-表示之基所組成之群中之1種。 Q之示例中,-C 6H 4-為伸苯基,較佳為間伸苯基、及對伸苯基,更佳為對伸苯基。又,-C 10H 6-為萘二基,較佳為萘-1,2-二基、萘-1,4-二基、萘-2,3-二基、萘-2,6-二基、及萘-2,7-二基,更佳為萘-1,4-二基、及萘-2,6-二基) When A2 is an organic group containing an aromatic ring, the organic group is preferably at least one of the groups represented by the following formulae ( 21 ) to (24) from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the cured product formed using the resin composition. 1 type. [Chemical 13]
Figure 02_image025
(In formulae (21) to (24), R 111 represents a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a haloalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms One of them. In formula (24), Q represents a group selected from 9,9'-perlenylene, or formula: -C 6 H 4 -, -CONH-C 6 H 4 -NHCO-, -NHCO-C 6 H 4 -CONH-, -OC 6 H 4 -CO-C 6 H 4 -O-, -OCO-C 6 H 4 -COO-, -OCO-C 6 H 4 -C 6 H 4 -COO-, - OCO-, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 -, -OC 6 H 4 -SO 2 -C 6 H 4 -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -C 6 H 4 -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -OC 10 H 6 -O-, and -OC 6 H 4 -O- represent 1 in the group formed by the bases. In the example of Q, -C 6 H 4 - is a phenylene, preferably a m-phenylene and a p-phenylene, more preferably a p-phenylene. , -C 10 H 6 - is naphthalene diyl, preferably naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl , and naphthalene-2,7-diyl, more preferably naphthalene-1,4-diyl, and naphthalene-2,6-diyl)

作為式(21)~(24)中之R 111,從聚醯胺酸之耐熱性之觀點、及聚醯胺酸所賦予之聚醯亞胺樹脂之耐熱性之觀點考慮,更佳為氫原子、羥基、氟原子、甲基、乙基、或三氟甲基,特佳為氫原子、羥基、或三氟甲基。 R 111 in the formulae (21) to (24) is more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the polyamic acid and the heat resistance of the polyimide resin imparted by the polyamic acid , a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.

作為式(24)中之Q,從形成之聚醯亞胺樹脂之耐熱性之方面考慮,較佳為9,9'-亞茀基、-O-C 6H 4-O-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-O-、-C(CH 3) 2-、或-CH 2-。 As Q in the formula (24), from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the formed polyimide resin, 9,9'-perylene, -OC 6 H 4 -O-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -CH 2 -.

於使用芳香族二胺作為提供式(a3)所表示之基以外之A 2之二胺化合物的情形時,例如可適宜使用以下所示之芳香族二胺。 即,作為芳香族二胺,可例舉:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-二胺基甲苯、4,4'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-甲基苯基)茀、及4,4'-[1,4-伸苯基雙(1-甲基乙烷-1,1-二基)]二苯胺等。該等中,從價格、獲得容易性等方面考慮,優選對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-二胺基甲苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、及4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺。 When an aromatic diamine is used as a diamine compound that provides A 2 other than the group represented by the formula (a3), for example, the aromatic diamine shown below can be suitably used. That is, as the aromatic diamine, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino -2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino Diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamine diphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminobenzylaniline, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene , 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] benzene, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl ] bismuth, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluoride, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-methylphenyl) fluoride, and 4,4'-[1,4-extendane Phenylbis(1-methylethane-1,1-diyl)]diphenylamine, etc. Among these, p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether are preferred in terms of price, availability, and the like. 4'-Diaminobenzylaniline.

又,作為A 2,可以採用鏈狀之脂肪族基及/或可具有芳香族環之含有矽原子之基。作為此種含有矽原子之基,典型而言,可使用以下所示之基。 [化14]

Figure 02_image027
In addition, as A2, a chain - like aliphatic group and/or a silicon atom-containing group which may have an aromatic ring can be used. As such a silicon atom-containing group, typically, the groups shown below can be used. [Chemical 14]
Figure 02_image027

又,作為A 2,亦可較佳地使用以下之式(Si-1)表示之基。 [化15]

Figure 02_image029
(式(Si-1)中,R 112及R 113各自獨立地為單鍵或亞甲基、碳原子數2以上20以下之伸烷基、碳原子數3以上20以下之伸環烷基、或者碳原子數6以上20以下之伸芳基等,R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117各自獨立地為碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基、碳原子數3以上20以下之環烷基、碳原子數6以上20以下之芳基、碳原子數20以下之含有胺基之基、-O-R 118表示之基(R 118為碳原子數1以上20以下之烴基)、碳原子數2以上20以下之含有1個以上之環氧基之有機基,l為3以上50以下之整數) Moreover, as A2, the group represented by the following formula (Si- 1 ) can also be used suitably. [Chemical 15]
Figure 02_image029
(In formula (Si-1), R 112 and R 113 are each independently a single bond or a methylene group, an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloextended alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, Or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, etc., R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl group, aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, amine group-containing group with 20 or less carbon atoms, group represented by -OR 118 (R 118 is a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms), number of carbon atoms 2 or more and 20 or less organic groups containing 1 or more epoxy groups, and l is an integer of 3 or more and 50 or less)

作為式(Si-1)中之R 112及R 113中之碳原子數2以上20以下之伸烷基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數2以上10以下之伸烷基,可例舉:二亞甲基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基等。 The alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R 112 and R 113 in the formula (Si-1) is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of heat resistance, A dimethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, etc. are mentioned.

作為式(Si-1)中之R 112及R 113中之碳原子數3以上20以下之伸環烷基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數3以上10以下之伸環烷基,可例舉伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環庚基等。 作為式(Si-1)中之R 112及R 113中之碳原子數6以上20以下之伸芳基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數6以上20以下之芳香族基,可例舉伸苯基、伸萘基等。 As the cycloextended alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in R 112 and R 113 in the formula (Si-1), from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a cycloextended alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable The group may, for example, be a cyclobutylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cycloheptide group, or the like. The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in R 112 and R 113 in the formula (Si-1) is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of heat resistance, A phenylene extension, a naphthylene extension group, etc. are mentioned.

作為式(Si-1)中之R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117中之碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數1以上10以下之烷基,具體而言,可例舉甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基等。 作為式(Si-1)中之R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117中之碳原子數3以上20以下之環烷基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數3以上10以下之環烷基,具體而言,可例舉環戊基、環己基等。 作為式(Si-1)中之R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117中之碳原子數6以上20以下之芳基,從耐熱性之觀點考慮,較佳為碳原子數6以上12以下之芳基,具體而言,可例舉苯基、甲苯基、萘基等。 作為式(Si-1)中之R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117中之碳原子數20以下之含有胺基之基,可例舉胺基、經取代之胺基(例如,雙(三烷基甲矽烷基)胺基)等。 作為式(Si-1)中之R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117中之-O-R 118表示之基,可例舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、苯氧基、甲苯氧基、萘氧基、丙烯氧基(例如,烯丙氧基)、及環己氧基等。 其中,作為R 114、R 115、R 116、及R 117,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、苯基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 in the formula (Si-1) is preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of heat resistance As the following alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, etc. are mentioned specifically,. The cycloalkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms in R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 in formula (Si-1) is preferably 3 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of heat resistance The cycloalkyl group of 10 or less, specifically, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like can be mentioned. The aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms in R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 in the formula (Si-1) is preferably 6 or more and 12 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of heat resistance. As the following aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned specifically,. Examples of the amine group-containing group having 20 or less carbon atoms in R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 in the formula (Si-1) include amine groups, substituted amine groups (for example, bis (trialkylsilyl)amine) and the like. Examples of groups represented by R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and -OR 118 in R 117 in formula (Si-1) include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, Butoxy, phenoxy, tolyloxy, naphthoxy, propenyloxy (eg, allyloxy), cyclohexyloxy, and the like. Among them, as R 114 , R 115 , R 116 , and R 117 , methyl, ethyl, propyl, and phenyl are preferred.

式(Si-1)表示之基可藉由如下方式導入:使兩末端具有胺基之含有矽之化合物作用於酸酐。作為此種含有矽之化合物之具體例,可例舉:兩末端胺基改質甲基苯基矽酮(例如信越化學公司製造之X-22-1660B-3(數量平均分子量4,400左右)及X-22-9409(數量平均分子量1,300左右))、兩末端胺基改質二甲基矽酮(例如信越化學公司製造之X-22-161A(數量平均分子量1,600左右)、X-22-161B(數量平均分子量3,000左右)及KF8012(數量平均分子量4,400左右);Toray Dow Corning製造之BY16-835U(數量平均分子量900左右);以及JNC公司製造之Silaplane FM3311(數量平均分子量1000左右))等。The group represented by the formula (Si-1) can be introduced by reacting an acid anhydride with a silicon-containing compound having an amine group at both ends. Specific examples of such silicon-containing compounds include: two-terminal amino group-modified methylphenyl silicone (for example, X-22-1660B-3 (number average molecular weight about 4,400) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and X -22-9409 (number average molecular weight about 1,300)), two-terminal amino group modified dimethyl silicone (such as X-22-161A (number average molecular weight about 1,600) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., X-22-161B ( Number average molecular weight is about 3,000) and KF8012 (number average molecular weight is about 4,400); BY16-835U (number average molecular weight is about 900) manufactured by Toray Dow Corning; and Silaplane FM3311 (number average molecular weight is about 1000) manufactured by JNC Corporation).

聚醯胺酸可包含下述式(a4)表示之結構單元。 [化16]

Figure 02_image031
(式(a4)中,A 3為上述式(a2)表示之基以外之四價有機基,A 4為上述式(a3)表示之基以外之二價有機基) The polyamic acid may contain a structural unit represented by the following formula (a4). [Chemical 16]
Figure 02_image031
(In the formula (a4), A 3 is a tetravalent organic group other than the group represented by the above formula (a2), and A 4 is a divalent organic group other than the group represented by the above formula (a3))

作為A 3,可適當採用針對式(a1)所說明之式(a2)表示之基以外之四價有機基。作為A 4,可適當採用針對式(a1)所說明之式(a3)表示之基以外之二價有機基。 As A 3 , a tetravalent organic group other than the group represented by the formula (a2) described with respect to the formula (a1) can be appropriately used. As A 4 , a divalent organic group other than the group represented by the formula (a3) described with respect to the formula (a1) can be appropriately used.

聚醯胺酸中之上述式(a1)表示之結構單元的比率相對於全部結構單元之莫耳量,較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為90莫耳%以上,特佳為100莫耳%。The ratio of the structural unit represented by the above formula (a1) in the polyamide acid is preferably 30 mol % or more, more preferably 50 mol % or more, and further preferably 70 mol % with respect to the molar amount of all the structural units. More preferably, it is 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 100 mol%.

(聚醯胺酸之製造方法) 聚醯胺酸通常藉由使四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分反應而製備。 典型而言,藉由使四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分於能夠溶解兩者之溶劑中反應,可得到聚醯胺酸。合成聚醯胺酸時四羧酸二酐成分及二胺成分之使用量並無特別限定,相對於四羧酸二酐成分1莫耳,較佳為使用0.50莫耳以上1.50莫耳以下之二胺成分,更佳為使用0.60莫耳以上1.30莫耳以下,特佳為使用0.70莫耳以上1.20莫耳以下。 (Method for producing polyamide acid) Polyamic acid is usually prepared by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component. Typically, a polyamic acid can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component in a solvent capable of dissolving both. The amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and the diamine component to be used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use two of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride components in an amount of 0.50 mol or more and 1.50 mol or less with respect to 1 mol of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component. The amine component is more preferably 0.60 mol or more and 1.30 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.70 mol or more and 1.20 mol or less.

作為聚醯胺酸之合成中可使用之溶劑,例如可例舉:N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、及γ-丁內酯等非質子性極性有機溶劑、或二乙二醇二烷基醚、乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、及丙二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯等二醇醚類。該等溶劑可以組合2種以上使用。其中,較佳為使用N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲。As a solvent that can be used in the synthesis of polyamide acid, for example, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethyl Aprotic polar organic solvents such as methylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and γ-butyrolactone , or diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene Glycol ethers such as acid esters. These solvents may be used in combination of two or more. Among them, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea is preferably used.

合成聚醯胺酸時之溶劑之使用量只要能夠合成所期望之分子量之聚醯胺酸即可,並無特別限定。典型而言,相對於四羧酸二酐成分之量與二胺成分之量的合計100質量份,溶劑之使用量較佳為100質量份以上4000質量份以下,更佳為150質量份以上2000質量份以下。The usage-amount of the solvent at the time of synthesizing the polyamic acid is not particularly limited as long as it can synthesize the polyamic acid of the desired molecular weight. Typically, the amount of the solvent used is preferably 100 parts by mass or more and 4,000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or more and 2,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and the amount of the diamine component. parts by mass or less.

四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分反應時之溫度並無特別限定,只要反應良好地進行即可。典型而言,四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分之反應溫度較佳為-5℃以上150℃以下,更佳為0℃以上120℃以下,特佳為0℃以上70℃以下。又,使四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分反應之時間係根據反應溫度不同而有所不同,典型而言,較佳為1小時以上50小時以下,更佳為2小時以上40小時以下,特佳為5小時以上30小時以下。The temperature at the time of the reaction of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and the diamine component is not particularly limited, as long as the reaction proceeds well. Typically, the reaction temperature of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and the diamine component is preferably -5°C or higher and 150°C or lower, more preferably 0°C or higher and 120°C or lower, and particularly preferably 0°C or higher and 70°C or lower. In addition, the time for reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and the diamine component varies depending on the reaction temperature, but typically, it is preferably 1 hour or more and 50 hours or less, more preferably 2 hours or more and 40 hours or less. Particularly preferred is 5 hours or more and 30 hours or less.

[非質子性極性有機溶劑] 顏料分散液含有非質子性極性有機溶劑。藉由使用上述聚醯胺酸將顏料分散於含有非質子性極性有機溶劑之分散介質中,而使得顏料容易分散成所期望之程度。 [Aprotic polar organic solvent] The pigment dispersion liquid contains an aprotic polar organic solvent. By dispersing the pigment in a dispersion medium containing an aprotic polar organic solvent using the above-mentioned polyamic acid, the pigment can be easily dispersed to a desired degree.

非質子性極性有機溶劑於分散介質中之含量於良好地保持顏料之分散狀態之範圍內並無特別限定。典型而言,非質子性極性有機溶劑於分散介質中之含量較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,特佳為90質量%以上,最佳為100質量%。The content of the aprotic polar organic solvent in the dispersion medium is not particularly limited as long as the dispersed state of the pigment is well maintained. Typically, the content of the aprotic polar organic solvent in the dispersion medium is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, particularly preferably 90% by mass or more, and most preferably 100% by mass.

非質子性極性有機溶劑之種類於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為適宜之非質子性極性有機溶劑之例子,可例舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、N-甲基己內醯胺、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮(DMI)、吡啶、及N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲(TMU)等含氮極性溶劑;β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、δ-戊內酯、γ-己內酯、及ε-己內酯等內酯系極性溶劑;二甲基亞碸;六甲基磷醯三胺;乙腈;乳酸乙酯、及乳酸丁酯等脂肪酸酯類;環戊酮、環己酮等酮類。The kind of aprotic polar organic solvent is not specifically limited in the range which does not inhibit the objective of this invention. Examples of suitable aprotic polar organic solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), N,N-dimethylacetamide Isobutylamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-diethylformamide, N-methylcaprolactamide , 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (DMI), pyridine, and N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea (TMU) and other nitrogen-containing polar solvents; β-propiolactone, Lactone-based polar solvents such as γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, δ-valerolactone, γ-caprolactone, and ε-caprolactone; dimethyl sulfoxide; hexamethylphosphoric triamine ; Acetonitrile; Fatty acid esters such as ethyl lactate and butyl lactate; Ketones such as cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone.

從聚醯胺酸之溶解性良好、容易使顏料良好且穩定地分散之方面考慮,非質子性極性溶劑較佳為下述式(S1)表示之含氮極性有機溶劑。 [化17]

Figure 02_image033
(式(S1)中,R S1及R S2各自獨立地為碳原子數1以上3以下之烷基,R S3為下述式(S1-1)或下述式(S1-2)表示之基。 [化18]
Figure 02_image035
式(S1-1)中,R S4為氫原子或羥基,R S5及R S6各自獨立地為碳原子數1以上3以下之烷基。式(S1-2)中,R S7及R S8各自獨立地為氫原子、或者碳原子數1以上3以下之烷基) The aprotic polar solvent is preferably a nitrogen-containing polar organic solvent represented by the following formula (S1) from the viewpoints of good solubility of the polyamide and easy to disperse the pigment well and stably. [Chemical 17]
Figure 02_image033
(In formula (S1), R S1 and R S2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R S3 is a group represented by the following formula (S1-1) or the following formula (S1-2) .[Chemical 18]
Figure 02_image035
In formula (S1-1), R S4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and R S5 and R S6 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In formula (S1-2), R S7 and R S8 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms)

式(S1)表示之含氮極性有機溶劑中,作為R S3為式(S1-1)表示之基時之具體例,可例舉:N,N,2-三甲基丙醯胺、N-乙基-N,2-二甲基丙醯胺、N,N-二乙基-2-甲基丙醯胺、N,N,2-三甲基-2-羥基丙醯胺、N-乙基-N,2-二甲基-2-羥基丙醯胺、及N,N-二乙基-2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯胺等。 In the nitrogen-containing polar organic solvent represented by the formula (S1), specific examples when R S3 is a group represented by the formula (S1-1) include N,N,2-trimethylpropionamide, N- Ethyl-N,2-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-diethyl-2-methylpropionamide, N,N,2-trimethyl-2-hydroxypropionamide, N-ethylpropionamide base-N,2-dimethyl-2-hydroxypropionamide, and N,N-diethyl-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionamide, etc.

式(S1)表示之含氮極性有機溶劑中,作為R S3為式(S1-2)表示之基時之具體例,可例舉:N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲、N,N,N',N'-四乙基脲等。 In the nitrogen-containing polar organic solvent represented by the formula (S1), specific examples when R S3 is a group represented by the formula (S1-2) include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, N,N,N',N'-tetraethylurea, etc.

以上說明之式(S1)表示之含氮極性有機溶劑中,從聚醯胺酸之溶解性良好、容易使顏料良好且穩定地分散之方面考慮,較佳為N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲、及N,N,N',N'-四乙基脲,特佳為N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲。Among the nitrogen-containing polar organic solvents represented by the formula (S1) described above, N,N,N',N' is preferred from the viewpoints of good solubility of the polyamic acid and the ease of dispersing the pigments well and stably -Tetramethylurea and N,N,N',N'-tetraethylurea, particularly preferably N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea.

當分散介質包含非質子性極性有機溶劑、非極性溶劑等除了非質子性極性有機溶劑以外之其他分散介質時,作為該其他溶劑之適宜例,可例舉:水;乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、聚乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、異丙二醇、聚丙二醇、五亞甲基二醇、三亞甲基二醇、丁二醇、異丁二醇、硫代雙乙醇、1,2-己二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、1,2-戊二醇、1,5-戊二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,7-庚二醇、1,8-辛二醇、及2-丁烯-1,4-二醇、甘油等多元醇類;乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單第三丁基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、乙二醇單異丙基醚、乙二醇單苯基醚、乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單異丙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、二乙二醇單第三丁基醚、三乙二醇單乙基醚、三乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單第三丁基醚、丙二醇單丙基醚、丙二醇單異丙烯醚、丙二醇單苯基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丁基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚、及二丙二醇單異丙基醚等多元醇醚類。When the dispersion medium contains other dispersion mediums other than aprotic polar organic solvents, such as aprotic polar organic solvents, nonpolar solvents, etc., suitable examples of the other solvents include: water; ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol Alcohol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, isopropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, pentamethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, Butanediol, isobutanediol, thiodiethanol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 1,2-pentanediol , 1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol Alcohols, 2-butene-1,4-diol, glycerin and other polyols; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Tributyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monotert-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, triethyl ether Glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monoisopropylene ether, propylene glycol monophenyl ether , Dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monoisopropyl ether and other polyol ethers.

分散介質於顏料分散液中之量並無特別限定,只要良好地保持顏料之分散狀態即可。顏料分散液通常以顏料分散液之固形物成分濃度達到5質量%以上60質量%以下、較佳為20質量%以上40質量%以下之量包含分散介質。The amount of the dispersion medium in the pigment dispersion liquid is not particularly limited, as long as the dispersed state of the pigment is well maintained. The pigment dispersion liquid usually contains the dispersion medium in such an amount that the solid content concentration of the pigment dispersion liquid is 5 mass % or more and 60 mass % or less, preferably 20 mass % or more and 40 mass % or less.

[其他成分] 顏料分散液亦可以包含先前調配於顏料分散液中之各種添加劑。作為此種添加劑,可例舉黏度調節劑、界面活性劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、pH調節劑、及消泡劑等。該等添加劑係於不會對顏料分散液及著色組合物之性質造成不良影響之範圍內,以與先前調配於顏料分散液之量同樣之量使用。 [other ingredients] The pigment dispersion may also contain various additives previously formulated in the pigment dispersion. As such an additive, a viscosity modifier, a surfactant, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a pH adjuster, an antifoamer, etc. are mentioned. These additives are used in the same amounts as those previously formulated in the pigment dispersion within the range that does not adversely affect the properties of the pigment dispersion and the coloring composition.

以上說明之顏料分散液包含良好且穩定地分散之顏料,且與後述之中空二氧化矽一同調配於著色組合物中,藉此可以提供可形成低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜之著色組合物。The pigment dispersion liquid described above contains a well and stably dispersed pigment, and is formulated into a coloring composition together with the hollow silica described later, thereby providing a coloring combination that can form a coloring film excellent in low reflectivity and heat resistance thing.

[顏料之分散方法] 將顏料及上述聚醯胺酸以顏料之含量達到50質量%以上99質量%以下之方式調配於含有非質子性極性有機溶劑之分散介質中後,使顏料分散於該分散介質中。 [Pigment dispersion method] After the pigment and the above-mentioned polyamic acid are blended in a dispersion medium containing an aprotic polar organic solvent so that the content of the pigment is 50% by mass to 99% by mass, the pigment is dispersed in the dispersion medium.

作為顏料之分散處理所使用之分散裝置,可以使用先前用於分散顏料之各種分散裝置。作為適宜之分散裝置之具體例,可使用捏合機、鹽磨處理捏合機、輥磨機、行星式混合機、塗料振盪機、球磨機、砂磨機、磨碎機、珠磨機、環隙球磨機、均相混合機、均化器、濕式噴射磨機、高壓均化器、超聲波均化器等。當分散裝置使用介質時,作為該介質,可以使用玻璃珠、氧化鋯珠、氧化鋁珠、磁性珠、苯乙烯珠等。As the dispersing apparatus used for the dispersing treatment of the pigment, various dispersing apparatuses previously used for dispersing the pigment can be used. Specific examples of suitable dispersing devices include kneaders, salt mill kneaders, roll mills, planetary mixers, paint shakers, ball mills, sand mills, attritors, bead mills, annular ball mills , Homogeneous mixer, homogenizer, wet jet mill, high pressure homogenizer, ultrasonic homogenizer, etc. When a medium is used for the dispersion device, as the medium, glass beads, zirconia beads, alumina beads, magnetic beads, styrene beads, or the like can be used.

利用超聲波均化器進行分散處理時,較佳為使用預先利用上述捏合機、鹽磨處理捏合機、輥磨機、行星式混合機、均相混合機、均化器、濕式噴射磨機、高壓均化器及珠磨機等進行預分散後之顏料。When the dispersion treatment is performed using an ultrasonic homogenizer, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned kneader, salt mill kneader, roll mill, planetary mixer, homomixer, homogenizer, wet jet mill, Pigments after pre-dispersion by high pressure homogenizer and bead mill.

使顏料分散時,顏料、聚醯胺酸、及含有非質子性極性有機溶劑之分散介質各自以上述範圍之量使用。When dispersing the pigment, the pigment, the polyamide acid, and the dispersion medium containing the aprotic polar organic solvent are each used in an amount within the above-mentioned range.

藉由利用以上說明之方法使顏料分散,能夠使顏料於短時間內良好且穩定地分散,而能夠製備提供下述著色組合物之碳黑分散液,上述著色組合物可以提供耐熱性優異之塗佈膜、成形品。By dispersing the pigment by the method described above, the pigment can be dispersed well and stably in a short time, and a carbon black dispersion liquid can be prepared to provide the following coloring composition, which can provide a coating with excellent heat resistance. Cloth film, molded products.

<中空二氧化矽> 著色組合物包含中空二氧化矽。中空二氧化矽之折射率顯著低於通常二氧化矽之折射率1.46。其原因在於,中空二氧化矽其內部包含顯示1.0之低折射率之空氣。 因此,藉由使用包含中空二氧化矽之著色組合物,能夠形成低反射性優異之著色膜。 作為中空二氧化矽之折射率,典型而言,較佳為1.2以上1.3以下。 <Hollow silica> The coloring composition contains hollow silica. The refractive index of hollow silica is significantly lower than that of ordinary silica, which is 1.46. The reason for this is that the hollow silica contains air which exhibits a low refractive index of 1.0. Therefore, by using the coloring composition containing hollow silica, a coloring film excellent in low reflectivity can be formed. As a refractive index of hollow silica, 1.2 or more and 1.3 or less are typically preferable.

著色組合物中,可以並無特別限制地調配先前已知之中空二氧化矽。中空二氧化矽可以為市售品,亦可以為合成品。 中空二氧化矽較佳為考慮粒徑、折射率而從公知之中空二氧化矽中進行選擇。 In the coloring composition, previously known hollow silica can be formulated without particular limitation. The hollow silica may be a commercial product or a synthetic product. The hollow silica is preferably selected from known hollow silicas in consideration of particle size and refractive index.

中空二氧化矽之平均粒徑較佳為5 nm以上100 nm以下,更佳為60 nm以上80 nm以下。中空二氧化矽之平均粒徑可使用光散射粒度分佈測定裝置LB-550(堀場製作所股份有限公司製造)來測定。The average particle size of the hollow silica is preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less, more preferably 60 nm or more and 80 nm or less. The average particle diameter of the hollow silica can be measured using a light scattering particle size distribution analyzer LB-550 (manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd.).

中空二氧化矽於著色組合物中之含量於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。從容易形成低反射性優異之著色膜之方面考慮,相對於著色組合物中之固形物成分整體,著色組合物中之中空二氧化矽之含量較佳為0.5質量%以上25質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以上15質量%以下,特佳為2質量%以上8質量%以下。The content of the hollow silica in the coloring composition is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not hindered. The content of hollow silica in the coloring composition is preferably 0.5 mass % or more and 25 mass % or less with respect to the entire solid content in the coloring composition from the viewpoint of easily forming a coloring film with excellent low reflectivity, and more It is preferably 1 mass % or more and 15 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 2 mass % or more and 8 mass % or less.

<基材成分> 著色組合物較佳為含有基材成分。該情形時,著色組合物之固形物成分中之顏料之含量為0.1質量%以上且未達60質量%,較佳為0.1質量%以上且未達55質量%,更佳為0.1質量%以上且未達50質量%。 <Substrate composition> It is preferable that a coloring composition contains a base material component. In this case, the content of the pigment in the solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1 mass % or more and less than 60 mass %, preferably 0.1 mass % or more and less than 55 mass %, more preferably 0.1 mass % or more and less than 50% by mass.

基材成分係對著色組合物賦予能夠將該著色組合物成形為膜形狀、各種三維之立體形狀之賦型性的成分。基材成分並無特別限定,只要為能夠對著色組合物賦予所期望之賦型性之材料即可。作為基材成分,典型而言,可使用包含高分子化合物之樹脂材料、藉由加熱進行交聯而產生高分子化合物之反應性之低分子化合物。The base material component is a component that imparts formability to the coloring composition so that the coloring composition can be formed into a film shape and various three-dimensional three-dimensional shapes. The base material component is not particularly limited as long as it is a material capable of imparting desired shapeability to the coloring composition. As the base material component, typically, a resin material containing a polymer compound, and a low-molecular-weight compound that is cross-linked by heating to generate the reactivity of the polymer compound can be used.

作為著色組合物中所包含之基材成分,可以使用用於形成各種熱固性樹脂之固化物之前驅物。藉由對包含該熱固性樹脂之固化物之前驅物、及上述顏料分散液之著色組合物進行加熱,而將經著色之固化物形成為著色成形體。作為可調配於著色組合物中之熱固性樹脂之固化物之前驅物或包含上述高分子化合物之樹脂材料的具體例,可例舉:環氧樹脂、酚樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、脲樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、醇酸樹脂、及聚胺酯樹脂等熱固性樹脂之前驅物;聚縮醛樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂(聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚芳酯等)、FR-AS樹脂、FR-ABS樹脂、AS樹脂、ABS樹脂、聚苯醚樹脂、聚苯硫醚樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚醚醚酮樹脂、氟系樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺雙馬來醯亞胺樹脂、聚醚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚苯并噻唑樹脂、聚苯并咪唑樹脂、矽酮樹脂、BT樹脂、聚甲基戊烯、超高分子量聚乙烯、FR-聚丙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂(聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等)、及聚苯乙烯等樹脂材料。此種用於形成固化物之前驅物或樹脂材料根據需要與固化劑、交聯劑、固化催化劑等一同調配於著色組合物中。作為固化劑,可以為熱敏性固化劑,亦可以為光敏性固化劑。當使用熱敏性固化劑時,藉由對包含著色組合物之塗佈膜進行加熱而形成著色膜。當使用光敏性固化劑時,藉由對包含著色組合物之塗佈膜進行曝光而形成著色膜。As the base material component contained in the coloring composition, a precursor for forming a cured product of various thermosetting resins can be used. The colored cured product is formed into a colored molded body by heating the cured product precursor of the thermosetting resin and the coloring composition of the above-mentioned pigment dispersion liquid. Specific examples of the precursor of the cured product of the thermosetting resin that can be formulated in the coloring composition or the resin material containing the above-mentioned polymer compound include epoxy resin, phenol resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoyl Precursors of thermosetting resins such as azole resins, urea resins, melamine resins, alkyd resins, and polyurethane resins; polyacetal resins, polyamide resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins (polybutylene terephthalate) ester, polyethylene terephthalate, polyarylate, etc.), FR-AS resin, FR-ABS resin, AS resin, ABS resin, polyphenylene ether resin, polyphenylene sulfide resin, polysilicon resin, polyether Resin, polyether ether ketone resin, fluorine resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide bismaleimide resin, polyetherimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polybenzothiazole resin, polybenzimidazole resin, silicone resin, BT resin, polymethylpentene, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene, FR-polypropylene, (meth)acrylic resin (polymethylmethacrylate) esters, etc.), and resin materials such as polystyrene. Such a precursor or resin material for forming a cured product is formulated into a coloring composition together with a curing agent, a crosslinking agent, a curing catalyst, and the like as necessary. As the curing agent, a heat-sensitive curing agent or a photosensitive curing agent may be used. When a heat-sensitive curing agent is used, the coloring film is formed by heating the coating film containing the coloring composition. When a photosensitive curing agent is used, the colored film is formed by exposing the coating film containing the colored composition.

例如當固化物為環氧樹脂時,於著色組合物中調配作為基材成分之環氧化合物、及固化劑。當固化物為酚樹脂時,於著色組合物中調配作為基材成分之苯酚或甲酚等酚類、及作為交聯劑之如甲醛之醛類或六亞甲基四胺等。當固化物為聚醯亞胺樹脂時,於著色組合物中調配作為基材成分之聚醯胺酸。For example, when the cured product is an epoxy resin, an epoxy compound and a curing agent are blended as base components in the coloring composition. When the cured product is a phenol resin, phenols such as phenol and cresol as base components, and aldehydes such as formaldehyde or hexamethylenetetramine as crosslinking agents are blended in the coloring composition. When the cured product is a polyimide resin, a polyimide as a base component is blended in the coloring composition.

從所形成之著色成形體之機械性質、耐溶劑性、耐化學藥品性等方面考慮,作為著色組合物,較佳為含有環氧化合物或聚醯胺酸作為基材成分。又,從顏料於著色膜中之分散性之方面考慮,更佳為含有聚醯胺酸作為基材成分之著色組合物。相對於著色組合物中包含之基材成分(前驅物或樹脂材料)之整體,聚醯胺酸之含量較佳為70質量%以上,更佳為80質量%以上,進而較佳為90質量%以上100質量%以下。關於作為基材成分使用之聚醯胺酸,可以使用與調配於顏料分散液中之聚醯胺酸相同之聚醯胺酸。From the viewpoints of the mechanical properties, solvent resistance, chemical resistance, etc. of the formed colored molded body, the colored composition preferably contains an epoxy compound or a polyamic acid as a base material component. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment in the colored film, a coloring composition containing a polyamide as a base component is more preferable. The content of the polyamic acid is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 90% by mass with respect to the entire base material component (precursor or resin material) contained in the coloring composition More than 100 mass % or less. Regarding the polyamic acid used as the base material component, the same polyamic acid as the polyamic acid prepared in the pigment dispersion liquid can be used.

使用著色組合物進行微影圖案化等時,著色組合物較佳為包含例如作為基材成分之具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物(A)。又,著色組合物較佳為組合包含作為基材成分之聚合性化合物(A)、及起始劑(B)。When performing lithography patterning etc. using a coloring composition, it is preferable that a coloring composition contains the polymerizable compound (A) which has a radically polymerizable group as a base material component, for example. Moreover, it is preferable that a coloring composition contains the polymerizable compound (A) as a base material component, and an initiator (B) in combination.

<聚合性化合物(A)> 作為聚合性化合物(A),可使用具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。聚合性化合物(A)可以為具有1個自由基聚合性基之單官能化合物,亦可以為具有2個以上自由基聚合性基之多官能化合物,較佳為多官能化合物。 作為具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物(A),較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或(甲基)丙烯醯胺化合物等具有1個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物,更佳為具有1個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 <Polymerizable compound (A)> As the polymerizable compound (A), a compound having a radically polymerizable group can be used. The polymerizable compound (A) may be a monofunctional compound having one radically polymerizable group, or a polyfunctional compound having two or more radically polymerizable groups, preferably a polyfunctional compound. The polymerizable compound (A) having a radically polymerizable group is preferably a compound having one or more (meth)acrylamide groups such as a (meth)acrylate compound or a (meth)acrylamide compound, and more preferably Preferably, it is a (meth)acrylate compound which has one or more (meth)acryloyl groups.

作為具有自由基聚合性基之單官能化合物,例如可例舉:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丁氧基甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、馬來酸酐、伊康酸、伊康酸酐、檸康酸、檸康酸酐、巴豆酸、2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基丙磺酸、第三丁基丙烯醯胺磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-苯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,2-三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,3,3-四氟丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸衍生物之(甲基)丙烯酸半酯等。該等單官能化合物可以單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。As a monofunctional compound which has a radically polymerizable group, (meth)acrylamide, methylol (meth)acrylamide, methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, ethyl Oxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, propoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, butoxymethoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (methyl) Acrylamide, N-Hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride , crotonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, tert-butylacrylamidosulfonic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Butyl, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate 2-Hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, glycerol mono(methyl) ) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, dimethylamino (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate , (meth)acrylic acid 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid half ester of phthalic acid derivatives, etc. These monofunctional compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為具有自由基聚合性基之多官能化合物,可例舉:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基多乙氧基苯基)丙烷、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酯、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三丙烯酸酯、甘油聚縮水甘油基醚聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯(即,甲苯二異氰酸酯)、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯與六亞甲基二異氰酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯之反應物、亞甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯胺亞甲基醚、多元醇與N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺之縮合物等多官能化合物、三丙烯醯基縮甲醛等。該等多官能化合物可以單獨使用或組合2種以上而使用。As the polyfunctional compound having a radically polymerizable group, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate may, for example, be mentioned. , propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, butanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Di(meth)acrylate, dimethyloltricyclodecane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate base) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis(4) -(Meth)acrylooxydiethoxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(meth)acrylooxypolyethoxyphenyl)propane, 2-(meth)acrylic acid Hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl ester, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, ortho Diglycidyl phthalate di(meth)acrylate, glycerol triacrylate, glycerol polyglycidyl ether poly(meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate (ie, toluene diacrylate) isocyanate), trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and reaction product of hexamethylene diisocyanate and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methylenebis(meth)acrylamide, (meth) Polyfunctional compounds such as acrylamide methylene ether, polyol and N-methylol (meth)acrylamide condensate, triacrylamide formal, etc. These polyfunctional compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

使用聚合性化合物(A)時,著色組合物之固形物成分中之聚合性化合物(A)之含量適當調節即可,例如為0.1質量%以上30質量%以下,較佳為1質量%以上20質量%以下。When the polymerizable compound (A) is used, the content of the polymerizable compound (A) in the solid content of the coloring composition may be appropriately adjusted, for example, 0.1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass. mass % or less.

<起始劑(B)> 起始劑(B)並無特別限定,可以使用先前公知之各種聚合起始劑。 <Starter (B)> The initiator (B) is not particularly limited, and various previously known polymerization initiators can be used.

關於可用作能夠使具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物(A)聚合之自由基聚合起始劑的光自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可例舉:1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-十二烷基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉代(morpholino)丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、O-乙醯基-1-[6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮肟、(9-乙基-6-硝基-9H-咔唑-3-基)[4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基乙氧基)-2-甲基苯基]甲酮O-乙醯肟、2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)-1-[4-(苯基硫基)苯基]-1-辛酮、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、4-苯甲醯基-4'-甲基二甲基硫醚、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸丁酯、4-二甲基胺基-2-乙基己基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基-2-異戊基苯甲酸、苯偶醯-β-甲氧基乙基縮醛、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮、1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、2,4-二乙基9-氧硫𠮿

Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-氯9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2,4-二甲基9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、1-氯-4-丙氧基9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-氯𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2,4-二乙基𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-甲基𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-異丙基𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-乙基蒽醌、八甲基蒽醌、1,2-苯并蒽醌、2,3-二苯基蒽醌、偶氮雙異丁腈、過氧化苯甲醯、氫過氧化異丙苯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并㗁唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(間甲氧基苯基)-咪唑基二聚物、二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、p,p'-雙二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙二乙基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二氯二苯甲酮、3,3-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、苯偶醯、安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香正丁醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香丁醚、苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、對二甲基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯丙酮、二氯苯乙酮、三氯苯乙酮、對第三丁基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯乙酮、對第三丁基三氯苯乙酮、對第三丁基二氯苯乙酮、α,α-二氯-4-苯氧基苯乙酮、9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-甲基9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、2-異丙基9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
、二苯并環庚酮、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸戊酯、9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙-(9-吖啶基)庚烷、1,5-雙-(9-吖啶基)戊烷、1,3-雙-(9-吖啶基)丙烷、對甲氧基三嗪、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-[2-(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-乙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2-(4-正丁氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三嗪、2,4-雙三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基均三嗪、2,4-雙三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基均三嗪、2,4-雙三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基均三嗪、2,4-雙三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基均三嗪等。該等光自由基聚合起始劑可以單獨使用或組合2種以上使用。Specific examples of photoradical polymerization initiators that can be used as radical polymerization initiators capable of polymerizing the polymerizable compound (A) having a radically polymerizable group include: 1-hydroxycyclohexylbenzene ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- Propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-dodecylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2 -Methylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-methyl -1-[4-(Methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino (morpholino)propan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholine Phenyl)-butan-1-one, O-acetyl-1-[6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone Oxime, (9-ethyl-6-nitro-9H-carbazol-3-yl)[4-(2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy)-2-methylphenyl]methanone O-acetoxime, 2-(benzyloxyimino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1-octanone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl Acrylodiphenylphosphine oxide, 4-benzyl-4'-methyldimethyl sulfide, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4- Ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate, butyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylamino-2-ethylhexylbenzoic acid, 4-dimethylamino-2-isoamyl benzoic acid, benzalkonium-β-methoxyethyl acetal, benzalkonium dimethyl ketal, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-ethoxycarbonyl) Oxime, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 2,4-diethyl 9-oxothioate
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-chloro-9-oxysulfur
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2,4-dimethyl 9-oxothio
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 1-chloro-4-propoxy 9-oxothio
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, sulfur
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-Chlorine
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2,4-diethyl
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-methyl
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-isopropyl 𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-ethylanthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, 1,2-benzoanthraquinone, 2,3-diphenylanthraquinone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzyl peroxide, isohydroperoxide Propylbenzene, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(m-methoxyphenyl)-imidazolyl Dimer, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, p,p'-bisdimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4 ,4'-Dichlorobenzophenone, 3,3-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, benzoin, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin n-butyl Ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin butyl ether, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, dichloroacetophenone, Trichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-tert-butyltrichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butyldichloroacetophenone, α,α -Dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, 9-oxysulfur 𠮿
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-methyl 9-oxothio
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, 2-isopropyl 9-oxothio
Figure 110138338-0000-3
, Dibenzocycloheptanone, Amyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis-(9-acridinyl)heptane, 1,5-bis-( 9-acridinyl)pentane, 1,3-bis-(9-acridinyl)propane, p-methoxytriazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2- Methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)ethenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-s-triazine Triazine, 2-[2-(furan-2-yl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2-[2-(4-diethylamino-2- Methylphenyl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)vinyl]-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxystyryl)- 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2-(4-n-butoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-triazine, 2,4-bistrichloro Methyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bistrichloromethyl-6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine , 2,4-bistrichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)styrylphenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bistrichloromethyl-6-(2-bromo- 4-methoxy) styrylphenyl s-triazine and the like. These photoradical polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

光自由基聚合起始劑中,從固化性組合物之感度之方面考慮,較佳為肟酯化合物。 作為肟酯化合物,較佳為具有下述式(b1)表示之部分結構之化合物。 Among the photoradical polymerization initiators, an oxime ester compound is preferred from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the curable composition. The oxime ester compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (b1).

[化19]

Figure 02_image037
(式(b1)中, n1為0或1, R b2為一價有機基, R b3為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上20以下之脂肪族烴基、或者可具有取代基之芳基, *為鍵結鍵) [Chemical 19]
Figure 02_image037
(In formula (b1), n1 is 0 or 1, R b2 is a monovalent organic group, R b3 is a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group Aryl, * is a bond)

具有式(b1)表示之部分結構之化合物較佳為具有咔唑骨架、茀骨架、二苯基醚骨架、苯硫醚骨架。 具有式(b1)表示之部分結構之化合物較佳為具有1個或2個式(b1)表示之部分結構。 The compound having the partial structure represented by the formula (b1) preferably has a carbazole skeleton, a perylene skeleton, a diphenyl ether skeleton, and a phenylene sulfide skeleton. The compound having the partial structure represented by the formula (b1) preferably has one or two partial structures represented by the formula (b1).

作為具有式(b1)表示之部分結構之化合物,可例舉下述式(b2)表示之化合物。As a compound which has a partial structure represented by formula (b1), the compound represented by following formula (b2) is mentioned.

[化20]

Figure 02_image039
(式(b2)中,R b1為下述式(b3)、(b4)、或(b5)表示之基, n1為0或1, R b2為一價有機基, R b3為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上20以下之脂肪族烴基、或可具有取代基之芳基) [hua 20]
Figure 02_image039
(In formula (b2), R b1 is a group represented by the following formula (b3), (b4), or (b5), n1 is 0 or 1, R b2 is a monovalent organic group, R b3 is a hydrogen atom, or Aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or aryl group which may have substituent)

[化21]

Figure 02_image041
(式(b3)中,R b4及R b5各自獨立地為一價有機基, n2為0以上3以下之整數, n2為2或3時,複數個R b5可以相同亦可以不同,複數個R b5可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 *為鍵結鍵) [Chemical 21]
Figure 02_image041
(In formula (b3), R b4 and R b5 are each independently a monovalent organic group, n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, when n2 is 2 or 3, a plurality of R b5 may be the same or different, and a plurality of R b5 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. * is a bonding bond)

[化22]

Figure 02_image043
(式(b4)中,R b6及R b7各自獨立地為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基、可具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基、可具有取代基之環狀有機基、或氫原子, R b6與R b7可以彼此鍵結而形成環, R b7與茀骨架中之苯環可以彼此鍵結而形成環, R b8為硝基、或一價有機基, n3為0以上4以下之整數, *為鍵結鍵) [Chemical 22]
Figure 02_image043
(In formula (b4), R b6 and R b7 are each independently an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, an optionally substituted cyclic organic group, or a hydrogen atom , R b6 and R b7 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, R b7 and the benzene ring in the perylene skeleton can be bonded to each other to form a ring, R b8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group, and n3 is 0 or more and 4 or less. Integer, * is the bond key)

[化23]

Figure 02_image045
(式(b5)中,R b9為一價有機基、鹵素原子、硝基、或氰基, A為S或O, n4為0以上4以下之整數, *為鍵結鍵) [Chemical 23]
Figure 02_image045
(In formula (b5), R b9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group, A is S or O, n4 is an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less, and * is a bond)

式(b3)中,R b4為一價有機基。於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內,R b4可以從各種有機基中進行選擇。作為有機基,較佳為含有碳原子之基,更佳為包含1個以上之碳原子、以及選自由H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上原子的基。含有碳原子之基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上50以下,更佳為1以上20以下。 作為R b4之適宜例,可例舉碳原子數1以上20以下之可具有取代基之烷基、碳原子數3以上20以下之可具有取代之環烷基、碳原子數2以上20以下之可具有取代基之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上20以下之可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之碳原子數7以上20以下之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之碳原子數11以上20以下之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、及可具有取代基之雜環基羰基等。 In formula (b3), R b4 is a monovalent organic group. R b4 may be selected from various organic groups within a range that does not hinder the purpose of the present invention. The organic group is preferably a group containing a carbon atom, more preferably one or more carbon atoms, and a group selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms group of one or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less. Suitable examples of R b4 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Optionally substituted saturated aliphatic aliphatic group, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted benzyl group, optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted phenylalkyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally substituted naphthyl, optionally substituted naphthylcarboxyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxy Carbonyl, optionally substituted naphthylalkyl having 11 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally substituted heterocyclic group, and optionally substituted heterocyclic carbonyl, and the like.

R b4中,較佳為碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基。該烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。從式(b3)表示之化合物於固化性組合物中之溶解性良好之方面考慮,作為R b4之烷基之碳原子數較佳為2以上,更較佳為5以上,特佳為7以上。又,從於固化性組合物中式(b3)表示之化合物與其他成分之相容性良好之方面考慮,作為R b4之烷基之碳原子數較佳為15以下,更佳為10以下。 Among R b4 , an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. From the viewpoint of good solubility in the curable composition of the compound represented by the formula (b3), the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R b4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, particularly preferably 7 or more . Moreover, from the viewpoint of good compatibility between the compound represented by formula (b3) and other components in the curable composition, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group as R b4 is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less.

R b4具有取代基時,作為該取代基之適宜例,可例舉:羥基、碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上20以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上20以下之脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上20以下之脂肪族醯氧基、苯氧基、苯甲醯基、苯甲醯氧基、-PO(OR) 2表示之基(R為碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基)、鹵素原子、氰基、雜環基等。 When R b4 has a substituent, suitable examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The following aliphatic aryl groups, aliphatic aryloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, groups represented by -PO(OR) 2 (R is a carbon atom) 1 or more alkyl groups of 6 or less), halogen atoms, cyano groups, heterocyclic groups and the like.

R b4為雜環基時,該雜環基可以為脂肪族雜環基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基。R b4為雜環基時,雜環基為包含1個以上之N、S、O之五員或六員之單環,或者為上述單環彼此縮合、或上述單環與苯環縮合而成之雜環基。雜環基為縮合環時,環數至多3。作為構成上述雜環基之雜環,可例舉:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、㗁唑、異㗁唑、噻唑、噻二唑、異噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、吡啶、吡𠯤、嘧啶、嗒𠯤、苯并呋喃、苯并噻吩、吲哚、異吲哚、吲哚嗪、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、苯并㗁唑、苯并噻唑、咔唑、嘌呤、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、呔𠯤、㖕啉、喹㗁啉、哌啶、哌𠯤、嗎啉、哌啶、四氫吡喃、及四氫呋喃等。 R b4為雜環基時,作為該雜環基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、碳原子數1以上6以下之烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基等。 When R b4 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When R b4 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is a five-membered or six-membered monocyclic ring containing at least one N, S, O, or the above-mentioned monocyclic rings are condensed with each other, or the above-mentioned monocyclic rings are condensed with a benzene ring. of heterocyclyl. When the heterocyclic group is a condensed ring, the number of rings is at most 3. Examples of the heterocyclic ring constituting the above-mentioned heterocyclic group include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyridine, and pyrimidine , pyridoxine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indole azine, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, iso Quinoline, quinazoline, quinoline, quinoline, quinoline, piperidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, etc. When R b4 is a heterocyclic group, examples of the substituent which the heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and a nitro group.

作為以上說明之R b4之適宜具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、戊烷-3-基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、及2-乙基己基。 又,從式(b3)表示之化合物於固化性組合物中之溶解性良好之方面考慮,較佳為正辛基、及2-乙基己基,更佳為2-乙基己基。 Suitable specific examples of R b4 described above include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and n-pentyl , isopentyl, neopentyl, pentan-3-yl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of good solubility in the curable composition of the compound represented by the formula (b3), n-octyl and 2-ethylhexyl are preferred, and 2-ethylhexyl is more preferred.

式(b3)中,R b5為一價有機基。R b5可以於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內從各種有機基中進行選擇。作為有機基,較佳為含有碳原子之基,更佳為包含1個以上之碳原子、以及選自由H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上原子的基。含有碳原子之基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上50以下,更佳為1以上20以下。 關於作為R b5適宜之一價有機基之例子,可例舉:烷基、烷氧基、環烷基、環烷氧基、飽和脂肪族醯基、烷氧基羰基、飽和脂肪族醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘氧基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之雜環基羰基、經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基、嗎啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、鹵素、硝基、氰基、包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之取代基(其中,X各自獨立地為鹵素原子)等。 In formula (b3), R b5 is a monovalent organic group. R b5 can be selected from various organic groups within a range that does not hinder the purpose of the present invention. The organic group is preferably a group containing a carbon atom, more preferably one or more carbon atoms, and a group selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms group of one or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less. Examples of suitable monovalent organic groups for R b5 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, a saturated aliphatic acid group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a saturated aliphatic acid group. , a phenyl group that can have a substituent, a phenoxy group that can have a substituent group, a benzyl group that can have a substituent group, a phenoxycarbonyl group that can have a substituent group, a benzyloxy group that can have a substituent group, Substitutable phenylalkyl, optional substituted naphthyl, optional substituted naphthyl, optional substituted naphthyl, optional substituted naphthyloxycarbonyl, optional substituted naphthyloxy, optionally substituted naphthylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic group, optionally substituted heterocyclic carbonyl, optionally substituted amine group, substituted with one or two organic groups, olin-1-yl, piperazine-1-yl, halogen, nitro, cyano, substituents including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (wherein X is each independently a halogen atom) and the like.

R b5為烷基時,烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上20以下,更佳為1以上6以下。又,R b5為烷基時,可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。作為R b5為烷基時之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、及異癸基等。又,R b5為烷基時,烷基可以於碳鏈中含有醚鍵(-O-)。作為於碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷基之例子,可例舉:甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、及甲氧基丙基等。 When R b5 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. In addition, when R b5 is an alkyl group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples when R b5 is an alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and n-pentyl , isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, third octyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n-decyl base, and isodecyl, etc. In addition, when R b5 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of the alkyl group having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxy ethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl.

R b5為烷氧基時,烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上20以下,更佳為1以上6以下。又,R b5為烷氧基時,可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。作為R b5為烷氧基時之具體例,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、異戊氧基、第二戊氧基、第三戊氧基、正己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第二辛氧基、第三辛氧基、正壬氧基、異壬氧基、正癸氧基、及異癸氧基等。又,R b5為烷氧基時,烷氧基可以於碳鏈中含有醚鍵(-O-)。作為於碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷氧基之例子,可例舉甲氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、及甲氧基丙氧基等。 When R b5 is an alkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. In addition, when R b5 is an alkoxy group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples when R b5 is an alkoxy group include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, isopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, second butoxy group, 3rd-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, second-pentoxy, third-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyloxy, second-octyl Oxy group, tertiary octyloxy group, n-nonyloxy group, isononyloxy group, n-decyloxy group, isodecyloxy group and the like. In addition, when R b5 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may contain an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of the alkoxy group having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, and ethoxyethoxyethoxy group, propoxyethoxyethoxy, and methoxypropoxy, etc.

R b5為環烷基或環烷氧基時,環烷基或環烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為3以上10以下,更佳為3以上6以下。作為R b5為環烷基時之具體例,可例舉:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、及環辛基等。作為R b5為環烷氧基時之具體例,可例舉:環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環庚氧基、及環辛氧基等。 When R b5 is a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkoxy group is preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 6 or less. Specific examples when R b5 is a cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, and the like. As a specific example when R b5 is a cycloalkoxy group, a cyclopropyloxy group, a cyclobutyloxy group, a cyclopentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cycloheptyloxy group, a cyclooctyloxy group, etc. may be mentioned.

R b5為飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基時,飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基之碳原子數較佳為2以上21以下,更佳為2以上7以下。作為R b5為飽和脂肪族醯基時之具體例,可例舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、正丁醯基、2-甲基丙醯基、正戊醯基、2,2-二甲基丙醯基、正己醯基、正庚醯基、正辛醯基、正壬醯基、正癸醯基、正十一烷醯基、正十二烷醯基、正十三烷醯基、正十四烷醯基、正十五烷醯基、及正十六烷醯基等。作為R b5為飽和脂肪族醯氧基時之具體例,可例舉:乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、正丁醯氧基、2-甲基丙醯氧基、正戊醯氧基、2,2-二甲基丙醯氧基、正己醯氧基、正庚醯氧基、正辛醯氧基、正壬醯氧基、正癸醯氧基、正十一烷醯氧基、正十二烷醯氧基、正十三烷醯氧基、正十四烷醯氧基、正十五烷醯氧基、及正十六烷醯氧基等。 When R b5 is a saturated aliphatic alkoxy group or a saturated aliphatic alkoxy group, the carbon number of the saturated aliphatic alkanoyl group or saturated aliphatic alkoxy group is preferably 2 or more and 21 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less. Specific examples when R b5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, an n-butyryl group, a 2-methylpropionyl group, an n-pentyl group, and a 2,2-dimethylpropyl group. Acyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecanyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecane Acyl group, n-pentadecanyl group, n-hexadecyl group, etc. Specific examples when R b5 is a saturated aliphatic alkoxy group include acetyloxy, propanoyloxy, n-butanoyloxy, 2-methylpropanoyloxy, n-pentanoyloxy, 2,2-Dimethylpropionyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, n-decyloxy, n-undecanyloxy, n-undecanyloxy Dodecanoyloxy, n-tridecanoyloxy, n-tetradecanoyloxy, n-pentadecanyloxy, n-hexadecanoyloxy, and the like.

R b5為烷氧基羰基時,烷氧基羰基之碳原子數較佳為2以上20以下,更佳為2以上7以下。作為R b5為烷氧基羰基時之具體例,可例舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰基、第二丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正戊氧基羰基、異戊氧基羰基、第二戊氧基羰基、第三戊氧基羰基、正己氧基羰基、正庚氧基羰基、正辛氧基羰基、異辛氧基羰基、第二辛氧基羰基、第三辛氧基羰基、正壬氧基羰基、異壬氧基羰基、正癸氧基羰基、及異癸氧基羰基等。 When R b5 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less. Specific examples when R b5 is an alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, and isobutoxycarbonyl. , the second butoxycarbonyl, the third butoxycarbonyl, n-pentoxycarbonyl, isopentyloxycarbonyl, the second pentoxycarbonyl, the third pentoxycarbonyl, n-hexyloxycarbonyl, n-heptyloxy Carbonyl, n-octoxycarbonyl, isooctyloxycarbonyl, second octyloxycarbonyl, third octyloxycarbonyl, n-nonyloxycarbonyl, isononyloxycarbonyl, n-decyloxycarbonyl, and isodecyloxy carbonyl, etc.

R b5為苯基烷基時,苯基烷基之碳原子數較佳為7以上20以下,更佳為7以上10以下。又,R b5為萘基烷基時,萘基烷基之碳原子數較佳為11以上20以下,更佳為11以上14以下。作為R b5為苯基烷基時之具體例,可例舉:苄基、2-苯基乙基、3-苯基丙基、及4-苯基丁基。作為R b5為萘基烷基時之具體例,可例舉:α-萘基甲基、β-萘基甲基、2-(α-萘基)乙基、及2-(β-萘基)乙基。R b5為苯基烷基、或萘基烷基時,R b5可以於苯基、或萘基上進而具有取代基。 When R b5 is a phenylalkyl group, the carbon number of the phenylalkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 7 or more and 10 or less. Moreover, when R b5 is a naphthyl alkyl group, the carbon number of the naphthyl alkyl group is preferably 11 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 11 or more and 14 or less. Specific examples when R b5 is a phenylalkyl group include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 3-phenylpropyl group, and a 4-phenylbutyl group. Specific examples when R b5 is naphthylalkyl include α-naphthylmethyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 2-(α-naphthyl)ethyl, and 2-(β-naphthyl) ) ethyl. When R b5 is a phenylalkyl group or a naphthylalkyl group, R b5 may further have a substituent on the phenyl group or the naphthyl group.

R b5為雜環基時,雜環基係與式(b3)中之R b4為雜環基之情形相同,雜環基亦可進而具有取代基。 R b5為雜環基羰基時,雜環基羰基中所包含之雜環基係與R b5為雜環基之情形相同。 When R b5 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is the same as the case where R b4 in the formula (b3) is a heterocyclic group, and the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent. When R b5 is a heterocyclic carbonyl group, the heterocyclic group contained in the heterocyclic carbonyl group is the same as when R b5 is a heterocyclic group.

R b5為經1或2個有機基取代之胺基時,就有機基之適宜例而言,可例舉:碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基、碳原子數3以上10以下之環烷基、碳原子數2以上21以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數7以上20以下之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數11以上20以下之萘基烷基、及雜環基等。該等適宜之有機基之具體例係與R b5同樣。作為經1或2個有機基取代之胺基之具體例,可例舉:甲基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、正丙基胺基、二正丙基胺基、異丙基胺基、正丁基胺基、二正丁基胺基、正戊基胺基、正己基胺基、正庚基胺基、正辛基胺基、正壬基胺基、正癸基胺基、苯基胺基、萘基胺基、乙醯基胺基、丙醯基胺基、正丁醯基胺基、正戊醯基胺基、正己醯基胺基、正庚醯基胺基、正辛醯基胺基、正癸醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、α-萘甲醯基胺基、及β-萘甲醯基胺基等。 When R b5 is an amine group substituted with one or two organic groups, suitable examples of the organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkane having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. group, saturated aliphatic aryl group with 2 to 21 carbon atoms, optionally substituted phenyl group, optionally substituted benzyl group, optionally substituted with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, phenylalkane group, an optionally substituted naphthyl group, an optionally substituted naphthyl carboxyl group, an optionally substituted naphthylalkyl group having 11 to 20 carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic group. Specific examples of these suitable organic groups are the same as for R b5 . Specific examples of the amino group substituted with one or two organic groups include methylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, n-propylamino, di-n-propylamino, isopropylamine Propylamino, n-butylamino, di-n-butylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, n-heptylamino, n-octylamino, n-nonylamino, n-decyl Amino, phenylamino, naphthylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, n-butylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, n-heptylamino, n-octylamino, n-decylamino, benzylamino, α-naphthylamino, β-naphthylamino, and the like.

作為R b5中包含之苯基、萘基、及雜環基進而具有取代基時之取代基,可例舉:包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之取代基(例如,包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基、包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基)、碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上6以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上7以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上7以下之烷氧基羰基、碳原子數2以上7以下之飽和脂肪族醯氧基、具有碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基之單烷基胺基、具有碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基之二烷基胺基、嗎啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、苯甲醯基、鹵素、硝基、及氰基等。R b5中包含之苯基、萘基、及雜環基進而具有取代基時,該取代基之數目於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無限定,較佳為1以上4以下。R b5中包含之苯基、萘基、及雜環基具有複數個取代基時,複數個取代基可以相同亦可以不同。 As a substituent when the phenyl group, naphthyl group, and heterocyclic group contained in R b5 further has a substituent, a substituent including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (for example, a substituent including a HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- group represented by haloalkoxy group, including HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- group represented by haloalkyl group), alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 or more carbon atoms Alkoxy group with 6 or less carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic alkoxy group with 2 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 7 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic alkoxy group with 2 to 7 carbon atoms, Monoalkylamine group of alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkylamine group of alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, morpholin-1-yl, piperazine-1-yl, benzene Formyl, halogen, nitro, and cyano, etc. When the phenyl group, naphthyl group, and heterocyclic group included in R b5 further have substituents, the number of the substituents is not limited within the range that does not inhibit the object of the present invention, but preferably 1 or more and 4 or less. When the phenyl group, naphthyl group, and heterocyclic group included in R b5 have plural substituents, the plural substituents may be the same or different.

作為R b5中包含之苯甲醯基進而具有取代基時之取代基,可例舉:碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基、嗎啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、2-噻吩甲醯基(噻吩-2-基羰基)、呋喃-3-基羰基及苯基等。 As a substituent when the benzalyl group contained in R b5 further has a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, morpholin-1-yl, piperazine-1-yl, 2- Thienocarboxyl (thiophen-2-ylcarbonyl), furan-3-ylcarbonyl and phenyl, etc.

作為X表示之鹵素原子,可例舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等,較佳為氟原子。As a halogen atom represented by X, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc. are mentioned, Preferably it is a fluorine atom.

作為包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之取代基,可例舉包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基、具有包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基之基、包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基、具有包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基之基等,更佳為包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基、或者具有包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基的基。 As a substituent containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, haloalkoxy group represented by group, haloalkyl group containing group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, group having haloalkyl group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, etc., more preferably It is a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, or a group having a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-.

作為具有包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基之基,可例舉被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基取代之芳香族基(例如,苯基、萘基等)、被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基取代之環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基等)等,較佳為被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基取代之芳香族基。 As the group having a haloalkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, an aromatic group (eg, benzene) substituted with a haloalkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- can be exemplified (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) substituted by a haloalkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, etc., preferably a group containing HX 2 C A halogenated alkyl-substituted aromatic group of a group represented by - or H 2 XC-.

作為具有包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基的基,可例舉被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基取代的芳香族基(例如,苯基、萘基等)、被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基取代的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基等)、被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基取代的環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基等)等,較佳為被包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基取代的芳香族基。 As the group having a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, an aromatic group substituted with a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (for example, , phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), an alkyl group substituted by a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, etc.), Cycloalkyl group (for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) substituted by a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, and the like, preferably a group containing HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- The halogenated alkoxy substituted aromatic group represented by the group.

又,作為R b5,亦較佳為環烷基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯氧基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。苯氧基烷基、及苯硫基烷基可具有之取代基係與R b5中包含之苯基可具有之取代基相同。 Moreover, as R b5 , a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring are also preferable. The substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are the same as the substituents that the phenyl group contained in R b5 may have.

一價有機基中,作為R b5,較佳為烷基、環烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、或環烷基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。作為烷基,較佳為碳原子數1以上20以下之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1以上8以下之烷基,特佳為碳原子數1以上4以下之烷基,最佳為甲基。可具有取代基之苯基中,較佳為甲基苯基,更佳為2-甲基苯基。環烷基烷基中包含之環烷基之碳原子數較佳為5以上10以下,更佳為5以上8以下,特佳為5或6。環烷基烷基中包含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上8以下,更佳為1以上4以下,特佳為2。環烷基烷基中,較佳為環戊基乙基。於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基中包含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上8以下,更佳為1以上4以下,特佳為2。於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基中,較佳為2-(4-氯苯硫基)乙基。 Among the monovalent organic groups, R b5 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or a cycloalkylalkyl group or a phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or less, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group base. Among the optionally substituted phenyl groups, methylphenyl groups are preferred, and 2-methylphenyl groups are more preferred. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 5 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or 6. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2. Among the cycloalkylalkyl groups, cyclopentylethyl is preferred. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2. Among the phenylthioalkyl groups which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, 2-(4-chlorophenylthio)ethyl is preferred.

式(b3)表示之基中,存在複數個R b5且複數個R b5彼此鍵結而形成環時,作為形成之環,可例舉烴環、雜環等。作為雜環中包含之雜原子,例如可例舉N、O、S。作為複數個R b5彼此鍵結而形成之環,特佳為芳香族環。該芳香族環可以為芳香族烴環,亦可以為芳香族雜環。作為該芳香族環,較佳為芳香族烴環。式(b3)中,將複數個R b5彼此鍵結而形成苯環時之具體例示於以下。 In the group represented by the formula (b3), when a plurality of R b5 are present and a plurality of R b5 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring may, for example, be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. As a hetero atom contained in a heterocyclic ring, N, O, and S are mentioned, for example. An aromatic ring is particularly preferable as a ring formed by bonding a plurality of R b5 to each other. The aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. As the aromatic ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferred. In formula (b3), a specific example when a plurality of R b5 are bonded to each other to form a benzene ring is shown below.

[化24]

Figure 02_image047
[Chemical 24]
Figure 02_image047

式(b4)表示之基中,R b8為硝基或一價有機基。R b8於式(b4)中之縮合環上與鍵結於由-(CO) n1-表示之基之芳香環不同的六員芳香環鍵結。式(b4)中,R b8之鍵結位置並無特別限定。式(b4)表示之基具有1個以上之R b8時,從式(b4)表示之化合物之合成容易之方面等考慮,較佳為1個以上之R b8中之1個鍵結於茀骨架之7位之位置處。即,式(b4)表示之基具有1個以上之R b8時,式(b4)表示之基較佳為由下述式(b6)表示。R b8為複數個時,複數個R b8可以相同亦可以不同。 In the group represented by the formula (b4), R b8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group. R b8 is bonded to a six-membered aromatic ring different from the aromatic ring bonded to the group represented by -(CO) n1 - on the condensed ring in the formula (b4). In formula (b4), the bonding position of R b8 is not particularly limited. When the group represented by the formula (b4) has one or more R b8 , from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis of the compound represented by the formula (b4), it is preferable that one of the one or more R b8 is bonded to the pyrene skeleton. at the 7th position. That is, when the group represented by the formula (b4) has one or more R b8 , the group represented by the formula (b4) is preferably represented by the following formula (b6). When R b8 is plural, the plural R b8 may be the same or different.

[化25]

Figure 02_image049
(式(b6)中,R b6、R b7、R b8、n3各自與式(b4)中之R b6、R b7、R b8、n3相同) [Chemical 25]
Figure 02_image049
(In formula (b6), R b6 , R b7 , R b8 , and n3 are the same as R b6 , R b7 , R b8 , and n3 in formula (b4), respectively.)

R b8為一價有機基時,R b8於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為有機基,較佳為含有碳原子之基,更佳為包含1個以上之碳原子、以及選自由H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上原子的基。含有碳原子之基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上50以下,更佳為1以上20以下。 作為R b8為一價有機基時之適宜例,可例舉與作為式(b3)中之R b5之一價有機基之適宜例相同的基。 When R b8 is a monovalent organic group, R b8 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not inhibited. The organic group is preferably a group containing a carbon atom, more preferably one or more carbon atoms, and a group selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms group of one or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less. As a suitable example when R b8 is a monovalent organic group, the same group as a suitable example as a monovalent organic group of R b5 in formula (b3) can be mentioned.

式(b4)中,R b6及R b7各自為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基、可具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基、可具有取代基之環狀有機基、或氫原子。R b6及R b7亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。該等基中,作為R b6及R b7,較佳為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基。R b6及R b7為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基時,鏈狀烷基可以為直鏈烷基,亦可以為支鏈烷基。 In formula (b4), R b6 and R b7 are each an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, an optionally substituted cyclic organic group, or a hydrogen atom. R b6 and R b7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among these groups, R b6 and R b7 are preferably chain alkyl groups which may have a substituent. When R b6 and R b7 are a chain alkyl group which may have a substituent, the chain alkyl group may be a straight chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group.

R b6及R b7為不具有取代基之鏈狀烷基時,鏈狀烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上20以下,更佳為1以上10以下,特佳為1以上6以下。作為R b6及R b7為鏈狀烷基時之具體例,可例舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、及異癸基等。又,R b6及R b7為烷基時,烷基可以於碳鏈中含有醚鍵(-O-)。作為於碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷基之例子,可例舉甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、及甲氧基丙基等。 When R b6 and R b7 are unsubstituted chain alkyl groups, the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. Specific examples when R b6 and R b7 are chain alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. , n-pentyl, isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, third octyl, n-nonyl, isononyl base, n-decyl, and isodecyl, etc. Moreover, when R b6 and R b7 are an alkyl group, the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of the alkyl group having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxy Ethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl, etc.

R b6及R b7為具有取代基之鏈狀烷基時,鏈狀烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上20以下,更佳為1以上10以下,特佳為1以上6以下。該情形時,取代基之碳原子數不包括在鏈狀烷基之碳原子數內。具有取代基之鏈狀烷基較佳為直鏈狀。 When R b6 and R b7 are a substituted chain alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. In this case, the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the carbon number of the chain alkyl group. The chain alkyl group having a substituent is preferably a straight chain.

烷基可具有之取代基於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為取代基之較佳例,可例舉:烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、鹵代烷基、環狀有機基、及烷氧基羰基。作為鹵素原子,可例舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。該等之中,較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。作為環狀有機基,可例舉環烷基、芳香族烴基、雜環基。作為環烷基之具體例,與R b8為環烷基時之適宜例相同。作為芳香族烴基之具體例,可例舉苯基、萘基、聯苯基、蒽基、及菲基等。作為雜環基之具體例,與R b8為雜環基時之適宜例相同。R b8為烷氧基羰基時,烷氧基羰基中包含之烷氧基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。烷氧基羰基中包含之烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上6以下。 The substitution which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited within a range that does not inhibit the object of the present invention. Preferable examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyclic organic group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned. Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom are preferable. The cyclic organic group may, for example, be a cycloalkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic group. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group are the same as the suitable examples when R b8 is a cycloalkyl group. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthracenyl group, and a phenanthryl group. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group are the same as the suitable examples when R b8 is a heterocyclic group. When R b8 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group may be linear or branched, but preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.

鏈狀烷基具有取代基時,取代基之數目並無特別限定。較佳之取代基之數目根據鏈狀烷基之碳原子數而變化。取代基之數目典型而言為1以上20以下,較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上6以下。When the chain alkyl group has a substituent, the number of the substituents is not particularly limited. The number of preferable substituents varies depending on the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group. The number of substituents is typically 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.

R b6及R b7為不具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基時,鏈狀烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上20以下,更佳為1以上10以下,特佳為1以上6以下。作為R b6及R b7為鏈狀烷氧基時之具體例,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、異戊氧基、第二戊氧基、第三戊氧基、正己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第二辛氧基、第三辛氧基、正壬氧基、異壬氧基、正癸氧基、及異癸氧基等。又,R b6及R b7為烷氧基時,烷氧基可以於碳鏈中含有醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷氧基之例子,可例舉甲氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、及甲氧基丙氧基等。 When R b6 and R b7 are an unsubstituted chain alkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms of the chain alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. . Specific examples when R b6 and R b7 are chain alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, th Dibutoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, second-pentyloxy, third-pentoxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyloxy group, the second octyloxy group, the third octyloxy group, the n-nonyloxy group, the isononyloxy group, the n-decyloxy group, the isodecyloxy group, and the like. Moreover, when R b6 and R b7 are an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may contain an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of the alkoxy group having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, and ethoxyethoxyethoxy , propoxyethoxyethoxy, and methoxypropoxy, etc.

R b6及R b7為具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基時,烷氧基可具有之取代基係與R b6及R b7為鏈狀烷基之情形相同。 When R b6 and R b7 are chain alkoxy groups having a substituent, the substituents that the alkoxy group may have are the same as when R b6 and R b7 are chain alkyl groups.

R b6及R b7為環狀有機基時,環狀有機基可以為脂環式基,亦可以為芳香族基。作為環狀有機基,可例舉脂肪族環狀烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環基。R b6及R b7為環狀有機基時,環狀有機基可具有之取代基係與R b6及R b7為鏈狀烷基之情形相同。 When R b6 and R b7 are a cyclic organic group, the cyclic organic group may be an alicyclic group or an aromatic group. The cyclic organic group may, for example, be an aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic group. When R b6 and R b7 are cyclic organic groups, the substituents that the cyclic organic groups may have are the same as when R b6 and R b7 are chain alkyl groups.

R b6及R b7為芳香族烴基時,芳香族烴基較佳為苯基、或者複數個苯環介由碳-碳鍵進行鍵結而形成之基、或者複數個苯環縮合而形成之基。芳香族烴基為苯基、或者複數個苯環鍵結或縮合而形成之基時,芳香族烴基中包含之苯環之環數並無特別限定,較佳為3以下,更佳為2以下,特佳為1。作為芳香族烴基之較佳具體例,可例舉苯基、萘基、聯苯基、蒽基、及菲基等。 When R b6 and R b7 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups, the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a phenyl group, a group formed by bonding a plurality of benzene rings through carbon-carbon bonds, or a group formed by condensing a plurality of benzene rings. When the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a phenyl group or a group formed by bonding or condensing a plurality of benzene rings, the number of benzene rings contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, Excellent is 1. Preferable specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthracenyl group, and a phenanthryl group.

R b6及R b7為脂肪族環狀烴基時,脂肪族環狀烴基可以為單環式,亦可以為多環式。脂肪族環狀烴基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為3以上20以下,更佳為3以上10以下。作為單環式之環狀烴基之例子,可例舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、降𦯉基、異𦯉基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基、及金剛烷基等。 When R b6 and R b7 are aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less. Examples of the monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norxyl, isoxyl, tricyclononyl, Tricyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl, etc.

R b6及R b7為雜環基時,可例舉與作為式(b3)中之R b5之雜環基相同之基。 When R b6 and R b7 are heterocyclic groups, the same groups as those used as the heterocyclic groups for R b5 in the formula (b3) can be exemplified.

R b6與R b7可以彼此鍵結而形成環。包含R b6與R b7形成之環之基較佳為亞環烷基。R b6與R b7鍵結而形成亞環烷基時,構成亞環烷基之環較佳為五員環~六員環,更佳為五員環。 R b6 and R b7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The group comprising the ring formed by R b6 and R b7 is preferably a cycloalkylene group. When R b6 and R b7 are bonded to form a cycloalkylene group, the ring constituting the cycloalkylene group is preferably a five-membered to six-membered ring, more preferably a five-membered ring.

R b7與茀骨架之苯環形成環時,該環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為脂肪族環。 When R b7 and the benzene ring of the pyrene skeleton form a ring, the ring may be an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring.

R b6與R b7鍵結而形成之基為亞環烷基時,亞環烷基可以與1個以上之其他環縮合。作為可以與亞環烷基縮合之環之例子,可例舉:苯環、萘環、環丁烷環、環戊烷環、環己烷環、環庚烷環、環辛烷環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、及嘧啶環等。 When the group formed by bonding R b6 and R b7 is a cycloalkylene group, the cycloalkylene group may be condensed with one or more other rings. Examples of the ring which can be condensed with a cycloalkylene ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, and a furan ring. , thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, and pyrimidine ring, etc.

作為以上說明之R b6及R b7中適宜基之例子,可例舉式-A 1-A 2表示之基。式中,A 1為直鏈伸烷基,A 2可例舉烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、鹵代烷基、環狀有機基、或烷氧基羰基。 Examples of suitable groups in R b6 and R b7 described above include groups represented by formula -A 1 -A 2 . In the formula, A 1 is a straight-chain extended alkyl group, and A 2 is exemplified by an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a cyclic organic group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.

A 1之直鏈伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上6以下。A 2為烷氧基時,烷氧基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上6以下。A 2為鹵素原子時,較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,更佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。A 2為鹵代烷基時,鹵代烷基中包含之鹵素原子較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,更佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。鹵代烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。A 2為環狀有機基時,環狀有機基之例子係與R b6及R b7作為取代基具有之環狀有機基相同。A 2為烷氧基羰基時,烷氧基羰基之例子係與R b6及R b7作為取代基具有之烷氧基羰基相同。 The number of carbon atoms of the linear alkyl group of A1 is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. When A 2 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may be linear or branched, but preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. When A2 is a halogen atom, it is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom. When A 2 is a haloalkyl group, the halogen atom contained in the haloalkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom. The haloalkyl group may be straight-chain or branched, but straight-chain is preferred. When A 2 is a cyclic organic group, examples of the cyclic organic group are the same as the cyclic organic groups R b6 and R b7 have as substituents. When A 2 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are the same as the alkoxycarbonyl groups R b6 and R b7 have as substituents.

作為R b6及R b7之適宜具體例,可例舉:乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正己基、正庚基、及正辛基等烷基;2-甲氧基乙基、3-甲氧基正丙基、4-甲氧基正丁基、5-甲氧基正戊基、6-甲氧基正己基、7-甲氧基正庚基、8-甲氧基正辛基、2-乙氧基乙基、3-乙氧基正丙基、4-乙氧基正丁基、5-乙氧基正戊基、6-乙氧基正己基、7-乙氧基正庚基、及8-乙氧基正辛基等烷氧基烷基;2-氰基乙基、3-氰基正丙基、4-氰基正丁基、5-氰基正戊基、6-氰基正己基、7-氰基正庚基、及8-氰基正辛基等氰基烷基;2-苯基乙基、3-苯基正丙基、4-苯基正丁基、5-苯基正戊基、6-苯基正己基、7-苯基正庚基、及8-苯基正辛基等苯基烷基;2-環己基乙基、3-環己基正丙基、4-環己基正丁基、5-環己基正戊基、6-環己基正己基、7-環己基正庚基、8-環己基正辛基、2-環戊基乙基、3-環戊基正丙基、4-環戊基正丁基、5-環戊基正戊基、6-環戊基正己基、7-環戊基正庚基、及8-環戊基正辛基等環烷基烷基;2-甲氧基羰基乙基、3-甲氧基羰基正丙基、4-甲氧基羰基正丁基、5-甲氧基羰基正戊基、6-甲氧基羰基正己基、7-甲氧基羰基正庚基、8-甲氧基羰基正辛基、2-乙氧基羰基乙基、3-乙氧基羰基正丙基、4-乙氧基羰基正丁基、5-乙氧基羰基正戊基、6-乙氧基羰基正己基、7-乙氧基羰基正庚基、及8-乙氧基羰基正辛基等烷氧基羰基烷基;2-氯乙基、3-氯正丙基、4-氯正丁基、5-氯正戊基、6-氯正己基、7-氯正庚基、8-氯正辛基、2-溴乙基、3-溴正丙基、4-溴正丁基、5-溴正戊基、6-溴正己基、7-溴正庚基、8-溴正辛基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、及3,3,4,4,5,5,5-七氟正戊基等鹵代烷基。 Suitable specific examples of R b6 and R b7 include alkyl groups such as ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl; 2-methoxyethyl, 3 -Methoxy-n-propyl, 4-methoxy-n-butyl, 5-methoxy-n-pentyl, 6-methoxy-n-hexyl, 7-methoxy-n-heptyl, 8-methoxy-n-octyl base, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-ethoxyn-propyl, 4-ethoxyn-butyl, 5-ethoxyn-pentyl, 6-ethoxyn-hexyl, 7-ethoxy n-heptyl, and alkoxyalkyl groups such as 8-ethoxyn-octyl; 2-cyanoethyl, 3-cyano-n-propyl, 4-cyano-n-butyl, 5-cyano-n-pentyl , 6-cyano-n-hexyl, 7-cyano-n-heptyl, and 8-cyano-n-octyl cyanoalkyl groups; 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenyl-n-propyl, 4-phenyl-n-octyl Butyl, 5-phenyl-n-pentyl, 6-phenyl-n-hexyl, 7-phenyl-n-heptyl, and 8-phenyl-n-octyl and other phenylalkyl groups; 2-cyclohexylethyl, 3-cyclohexyl Hexyl-n-propyl, 4-cyclohexyl-n-butyl, 5-cyclohexyl-n-pentyl, 6-cyclohexyl-n-hexyl, 7-cyclohexyl-n-heptyl, 8-cyclohexyl-n-octyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl , 3-cyclopentyl-n-propyl, 4-cyclopentyl-n-butyl, 5-cyclopentyl-n-pentyl, 6-cyclopentyl-n-hexyl, 7-cyclopentyl-n-heptyl, and 8-cyclopentyl Cycloalkylalkyl such as pentyl-n-octyl; 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl-n-butyl, 5-methoxycarbonyl-n-pentyl , 6-methoxycarbonyl-n-hexyl, 7-methoxycarbonyl-n-heptyl, 8-methoxycarbonyl-n-octyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 4 - Ethoxycarbonyl-n-butyl, 5-ethoxycarbonyl-n-pentyl, 6-ethoxycarbonyl-n-hexyl, 7-ethoxycarbonyl-n-heptyl, and 8-ethoxycarbonyl-n-octyl alkanes Oxycarbonylalkyl; 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 4-chloro-n-butyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, 6-chloro-n-hexyl, 7-chloro-n-heptyl, 8-chloro-n-butyl Octyl, 2-bromoethyl, 3-bromo-n-propyl, 4-bromo-n-butyl, 5-bromo-n-pentyl, 6-bromo-n-hexyl, 7-bromo-n-heptyl, 8-bromo-n-octyl, Halogenated alkyl groups such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl and 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoro-n-pentyl.

作為R b6及R b7,上述中優選的基為乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、2-甲氧基乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-苯基乙基、2-環己基乙基、2-甲氧基羰基乙基、2-氯乙基、2-溴乙基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、及3,3,4,4,5,5,5-七氟正戊基。 As R b6 and R b7 , preferred groups among the above are ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 3,3,4,4,5, 5,5-heptafluoro-n-pentyl.

式(b5)中,從容易得到敏感度優異之光聚合起始劑之方面考慮,A特佳為S。In the formula (b5), A is particularly preferably S from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a photopolymerization initiator excellent in sensitivity.

式(b5)中,R b9為一價有機基、鹵素原子、硝基、或氰基。 式(b5)中之R b9為一價有機基時,可以於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內,從各種有機基中進行選擇。作為有機基,較佳為含有碳原子之基,更佳為包含1個以上之碳原子、以及選自由H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上原子的基。含有碳原子之基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上50以下,更佳為1以上20以下。 作為式(b5)中R b9為有機基時之適宜例,可例舉與作為式(b3)中之R b5之一價有機基相同之基。 In formula (b5), R b9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group. When R b9 in the formula (b5) is a monovalent organic group, it can be selected from various organic groups within a range that does not inhibit the purpose of the present invention. The organic group is preferably a group containing a carbon atom, more preferably one or more carbon atoms, and a group selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms group of one or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less. As a suitable example when R b9 in formula (b5) is an organic group, the same group as that used as a valent organic group of R b5 in formula (b3) can be mentioned.

R b9中,較佳為苯甲醯基;萘甲醯基;被選自由碳原子數1以上6以下之烷基、嗎啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、及苯基所組成之群中之基取代的苯甲醯基;硝基;可具有取代基之苯并呋喃基羰基,更佳為苯甲醯基;萘甲醯基;2-甲基苯基羰基;4-(哌𠯤-1-基)苯基羰基;4-(苯基)苯基羰基。 Among R b9 , preferably benzalyl; naphthoyl; selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, morpholin-1-yl, piperidine-1-yl, and phenyl benzalyl group substituted by the group in the group; nitro group; benzofuranyl carbonyl group which may have substituents, more preferably benzyl group; naphthoyl group; 2-methylphenylcarbonyl; 4-( Piper-1-yl)phenylcarbonyl; 4-(phenyl)phenylcarbonyl.

又,式(b5)中,n4較佳為0以上3以下之整數,更佳為0以上2以下的整數,特佳為0、或1。n4為1時,關於R b9之鍵結位置,較佳為相對於R b9所鍵結之苯基與氧原子或硫原子鍵結之鍵結鍵處於對位。 Moreover, in Formula (b5), n4 is preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0 or 1. When n4 is 1, the bonding position of R b9 is preferably the para position with respect to the bonding bond between the phenyl group bonded to R b9 and the oxygen atom or sulfur atom.

式(b1)及(b2)中,作為R b2之一價有機基於不妨礙本發明目的之範圍內並無特別限定。作為有機基,較佳為含有碳原子之基,更佳為包含1個以上之碳原子、以及選自由H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及鹵素原子所組成之群中之1種以上原子的基。含有碳原子之基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上50以下,更佳為1以上20以下。 關於作為R b2之一價有機基之適宜例,可例舉與作為式(b3)中之R b5之一價有機基相同之基。該等基之具體例係與關於式(b3)中之R b5所說明之基相同。 又,作為R b2,亦較佳為環烷基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯氧基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。苯氧基烷基、及苯硫基烷基可具有之取代基係與式(b3)中之R b5所包含之苯基、萘基及雜環基進而具有取代基時的取代基相同。 In the formulae (b1) and (b2), as a valent organic compound of R b2 , it is not particularly limited within a range that does not inhibit the object of the present invention. The organic group is preferably a group containing a carbon atom, more preferably one or more carbon atoms, and a group selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms group of one or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less. Suitable examples of the monovalent organic group for R b2 include the same groups as those for the monovalent organic group for R b5 in the formula (b3). Specific examples of these groups are the same as those described with respect to R b5 in the formula (b3). Moreover, as R b2 , a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring are also preferable. The substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are the same as the substituents when the phenyl group, naphthyl group, and heterocyclic group contained in R b5 in the formula (b3) have further substituents.

有機基中,作為R b2,較佳為包含上述HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之取代基、烷基、環烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、或環烷基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。關於烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、環烷基烷基中包含之環烷基之碳原子數、環烷基烷基中包含之伸烷基之碳原子數、環烷基烷基、於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基中包含之伸烷基之碳原子數、或者於芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基,係與式(b3)之R b5相同。 Among the organic groups, R b2 is preferably a substituent containing a group represented by the above-mentioned HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group, or a cycloalkylalkyl group , A phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring. Regarding the alkyl group, the phenyl group which may have a substituent, the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group, the cycloalkylalkyl group, The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, or the phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, is the same as R b5 of the formula (b3). same.

又,作為R b2,亦較佳為-A 3-CO-O-A 4表示之基。A 3為二價有機基,較佳為二價烴基,較佳為伸烷基。A 4為一價有機基,較佳為一價烴基。 Moreover, R b2 is also preferably a group represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 . A 3 is a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkylene group. A 4 is a monovalent organic group, preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group.

A 3為伸烷基時,伸烷基可以為直鏈狀亦可以為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。A 3為伸烷基時,伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上6以下,特佳為1以上4以下。 When A 3 is an alkylene group, the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. When A 3 is an alkylene group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.

作為A 4之適宜例,可例舉碳原子數1以上10以下之烷基、碳原子數7以上20以下之芳烷基、及碳原子數6以上20以下之芳香族烴基。作為A 4之適宜具體例,可例舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、苯基、萘基、苄基、苯乙基、α-萘基甲基、及β-萘基甲基等。 Suitable examples of A4 include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Suitable specific examples of A4 include methyl, ethyl, n - propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, Phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, phenethyl, α-naphthylmethyl, and β-naphthylmethyl, etc.

作為-A 3-CO-O-A 4表示之基之適宜具體例,可例舉:2-甲氧基羰基乙基、2-乙氧基羰基乙基、2-正丙氧基羰基乙基、2-正丁氧基羰基乙基、2-正戊氧基羰基乙基、2-正己氧基羰基乙基、2-苄氧基羰基乙基、2-苯氧基羰基乙基、3-甲氧基羰基正丙基、3-乙氧基羰基正丙基、3-正丙氧基羰基正丙基、3-正丁氧基羰基正丙基、3-正戊氧基羰基正丙基、3-正己氧基羰基正丙基、3-苄氧基羰基正丙基、及3-苯氧基羰基正丙基等。 Suitable specific examples of the group represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 include 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-propoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-propoxycarbonylethyl, -n-Butoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-pentoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-hexyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-benzyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-phenoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxy n-propyl carbonyl, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 3-n-propoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 3-n-butoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 3-n-pentoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 3 -n-hexyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl, and 3-phenoxycarbonyl-n-propyl, etc.

又,作為R b2,亦較佳為下述式(b7)或(b8)表示之基。 [化26]

Figure 02_image051
(式(b7)及(b8)中,R b10及R b11各自獨立地為一價有機基, n5為0以上4以下之整數, 當R b10及R b11存在於苯環上之相鄰位置上時,R b10與R b11可以彼此鍵結而形成環, R b12為一價有機基, n6為1以下8以下之整數, n7為1以上5以下之整數, n8為0以上且(n7+3)以下之整數) Moreover, R b2 is also preferably a group represented by the following formula (b7) or (b8). [Chemical 26]
Figure 02_image051
(In formulae (b7) and (b8), R b10 and R b11 are each independently a monovalent organic group, n5 is an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less, when R b10 and R b11 are present at adjacent positions on the benzene ring , R b10 and R b11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R b12 is a monovalent organic group, n6 is an integer of 1 or less than 8, n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, and n8 is 0 or more and (n7+3) or less integer)

作為式(b7)中之R b10及R b11之有機基係與式(b4)中之R b8相同。作為R b10,較佳為包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷氧基、包含HX 2C-或H 2XC-表示之基之鹵代烷基、烷基或苯基。當R b10與R b11鍵結而形成環時,該環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為脂肪族環。關於為式(b7)表示之基且R b10與R b11形成環之基之適宜例,可例舉:萘-1-基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-5-基等。 上述式(b7)中,n7為0以上4以下之整數,較佳為0或1,更佳為0。 The organic groups used as R b10 and R b11 in formula (b7) are the same as R b8 in formula (b4). R b10 is preferably a haloalkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, a haloalkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, an alkyl group or a phenyl group. When R b10 and R b11 are bonded to form a ring, the ring may be an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. Suitable examples of the group represented by the formula (b7) and wherein R b10 and R b11 form a ring include naphthalene-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-5-yl, and the like. In the above formula (b7), n7 is an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.

上述式(b8)中,R b12為有機基。作為有機基,可例舉與針對式(b4)中之R b8所說明之有機基相同之基。有機基中,較佳為烷基。烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上10以下,更佳為1以上5以下,特佳為1以上3以下。作為R b12,可較佳地示例甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基等,其中更佳為甲基。 In the above formula (b8), R b12 is an organic group. As an organic group, the same group as the organic group demonstrated about R b8 in formula (b4) is mentioned. Among the organic groups, an alkyl group is preferred. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. As R b12 , a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group and the like can be preferably exemplified, and among them, a methyl group is more preferred.

上述式(b8)中,n7為1以上5以下之整數,較佳為1以上3以下之整數,更佳為1或2。上述式(b8)中,n8為0以上且(n7+3)以下,較佳為0以上3以下之整數,更佳為0以上2以下之整數,特佳為0。 上述式(b8)中,n8為1以上8以下之整數,較佳為1以上5以下之整數,更佳為1以上3以下之整數,特佳為1或2。 In the above formula (b8), n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably 1 or 2. In the above formula (b8), n8 is 0 or more and (n7+3) or less, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0. In the above formula (b8), n8 is an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less, preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.

式(b2)中,R b3為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上20以下之脂肪族烴基、或者可具有取代基之芳基。作為R b3為脂肪族烴基時可具有之取代基,可較佳地示例苯基、萘基等。 In formula (b2), R b3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group. As a substituent which R b3 may have when it is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like can be preferably exemplified.

式(b1)及(b2)中,作為R b3,可較佳地示例氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、2-環戊基乙基、2-環丁基乙基、環己基甲基、苯基、苄基、甲基苯基、萘基等,其中更佳為甲基或苯基。 In formulas (b1) and (b2), as R b3 , hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, 2-cyclopentylethyl group, 2- Cyclobutylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, methylphenyl, naphthyl, etc., among which methyl or phenyl is more preferred.

作為由式(b2)表示且具有式(b3)表示之基作為R b1之化合物之適宜具體例,可例舉以下化合物。 [化27]

Figure 02_image053
As a suitable specific example of the compound represented by formula (b2) and having a group represented by formula (b3) as R b1 , the following compounds may be mentioned. [Chemical 27]
Figure 02_image053

[化28]

Figure 02_image055
[Chemical 28]
Figure 02_image055

[化29]

Figure 02_image057
[Chemical 29]
Figure 02_image057

[化30]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical 30]
Figure 02_image059

作為由式(b2)表示且具有式(b4)表示之基作為R b1之化合物之適宜具體例,可例舉以下化合物。 [化31]

Figure 02_image061
As a suitable specific example of the compound represented by formula (b2) and having a group represented by formula (b4) as R b1 , the following compounds can be mentioned. [Chemical 31]
Figure 02_image061

[化32]

Figure 02_image063
[Chemical 32]
Figure 02_image063

[化33]

Figure 02_image065
[Chemical 33]
Figure 02_image065

[化34]

Figure 02_image067
[Chemical 34]
Figure 02_image067

[化35]

Figure 02_image069
[Chemical 35]
Figure 02_image069

作為由式(b2)表示且具有式(b5)表示之基作為R b1之化合物之較佳具體例,可例舉以下化合物。 [化36]

Figure 02_image071
As a preferable specific example of the compound represented by formula (b2) and having a group represented by formula (b5) as R b1 , the following compounds can be mentioned. [Chemical 36]
Figure 02_image071

使用起始劑(B)時著色組合物之固形物成分中之起始劑(B) 之含量適當調節即可,例如為0.1質量%以上30質量%以下,較佳為1質量%以上25質量%以下。When the initiator (B) is used, the content of the initiator (B) in the solid content of the coloring composition may be appropriately adjusted, for example, 0.1 mass % or more and 30 mass % or less, preferably 1 mass % or more and 25 mass % %the following.

著色組合物中包含之基材成分為熱固性材料時,著色組合物被加熱至與基材成分之種類相應之溫度,而提供經熱固化之著色成形體。著色組合物為含有聚醯胺酸作為基材成分之會提供聚醯亞胺樹脂的組合物時,著色組合物被加熱至例如120℃以上350℃以下、較佳為150℃以上350℃以下。When the base material contained in the coloring composition is a thermosetting material, the coloring composition is heated to a temperature corresponding to the type of the base material to provide a heat-cured colored molded body. When the coloring composition is a composition containing a polyimide resin as a base component and providing a polyimide resin, the coloring composition is heated to, for example, 120°C or higher and 350°C or lower, preferably 150°C or higher and 350°C or lower.

以上說明之著色組合物由於含有上述顏料分散液,故而使用該著色組合物所形成之著色膜即使被加熱至例如120℃以上350℃以下之高溫亦不易變色。又,使用以上說明之著色組合物所形成之固化膜顯示出未達6%之低反射率。Since the coloring composition demonstrated above contains the said pigment dispersion liquid, the coloring film formed using this coloring composition is hard to change color even if it heats to the high temperature of 120 degreeC or more and 350 degreeC or less, for example. Moreover, the cured film formed using the coloring composition demonstrated above showed the low reflectance of less than 6%.

<有機溶劑> 著色組合物包含上述顏料分散液。因此,著色組合物必須包含來自顏料分散液之作為分散介質之有機溶劑。著色組合物中,可以僅調配作為顏料分散液之成分之有機溶劑,亦可以除作為顏料分散液之成分調配之有機溶劑以外,進而調配有機溶劑。 著色組合物可包含之有機溶劑之種類於不阻礙所期望之效果的範圍內並無特別限定。作為著色組合物可包含之有機溶劑,較佳為與顏料分散液可包含之有機溶劑相同之溶劑。 <Organic solvent> The coloring composition contains the above-mentioned pigment dispersion liquid. Therefore, the coloring composition must contain an organic solvent as a dispersion medium from the pigment dispersion liquid. In the coloring composition, only the organic solvent as a component of the pigment dispersion liquid may be formulated, or an organic solvent may be formulated in addition to the organic solvent formulated as a component of the pigment dispersion liquid. The kind of the organic solvent which the coloring composition can contain is not specifically limited in the range which does not inhibit the desired effect. As the organic solvent which the coloring composition can contain, the same solvent as the organic solvent which the pigment dispersion liquid can contain is preferable.

著色組合物中之有機溶劑之含量係考慮著色組合物之固形物成分濃度而適當確定。著色組合物之固形物成分濃度例如較佳為1質量%以上40質量%以下,更佳為2質量%以上30質量%以下,進而較佳為3質量%以上20質量%以下。The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is appropriately determined in consideration of the solid content concentration of the coloring composition. The solid content concentration of the coloring composition is, for example, preferably 1 mass % or more and 40 mass % or less, more preferably 2 mass % or more and 30 mass % or less, and still more preferably 3 mass % or more and 20 mass % or less.

藉由將以上說明之各成分以所期望之比率均勻地混合,而可得到著色組合物。A coloring composition can be obtained by uniformly mixing each component demonstrated above in a desired ratio.

≪著色膜之形成方法≫ 藉由使包含上述著色組合物之膜乾燥、或者乾燥及固化,而能夠形成著色膜。 作為著色膜之較佳形成方法,可例舉如下方法,其包括: 將上述著色組合物塗佈於基板上而形成塗佈膜;及 將塗佈膜進行乾燥、或者進行乾燥及固化。 ≪Formation method of colored film≫ A colored film can be formed by drying the film containing the said coloring composition, or drying and hardening. As a preferred method for forming the colored film, the following methods can be exemplified, including: coating the above-mentioned coloring composition on a substrate to form a coating film; and The coating film is dried, or dried and cured.

塗佈著色組合物之方法並無特別限定。例如使用輥塗機、逆向塗佈機、棒塗機、狹縫塗佈機等接觸轉印型塗佈裝置、旋轉器(旋轉式塗佈裝置)、淋幕式平面塗佈機等非接觸型塗佈裝置,將著色組合物以成為所期望之膜厚之方式塗佈於基板上,而能夠形成塗佈膜。 塗佈膜之膜厚並無特別限定。塗佈膜之膜厚例如以形成較佳為50 nm以上20 μm以下、更佳為500 nm以上10 μm以下之膜厚之著色膜的方式適當設定。 The method of applying the coloring composition is not particularly limited. For example, contact transfer type coating apparatuses such as roll coaters, reverse coaters, bar coaters, and slot coaters, and non-contact types such as spinners (rotary coaters) and curtain coaters are used. The coating apparatus can form a coating film by coating a coloring composition on a substrate so that it may become a desired film thickness. The film thickness of the coating film is not particularly limited. The film thickness of the coating film is appropriately set, for example, so as to form a colored film having a thickness of preferably 50 nm or more and 20 μm or less, more preferably 500 nm or more and 10 μm or less.

以此種方式形成之塗佈膜繼而進行乾燥、或者進行乾燥及固化。 乾燥之方法並無特別限定。例如藉由對塗佈膜進行烘烤、或者將塗佈膜置於減壓條件下,從而將塗佈膜乾燥。 烘烤溫度係考慮溶劑(S)之沸點等來適當確定。烘烤可以於減壓條件下於低溫下進行。 The coating film formed in this way is then dried, or dried and cured. The drying method is not particularly limited. The coating film is dried, for example, by baking the coating film or placing the coating film under reduced pressure. The baking temperature is appropriately determined in consideration of the boiling point and the like of the solvent (S). Baking can be carried out at low temperature under reduced pressure.

作為烘烤之方法,並無特別限定,例如可例舉如下方法:使用加熱板,於80℃以上150℃以下、較佳為85℃以上120℃以下之溫度下乾燥60秒以上500秒以下之時間。The method of baking is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of drying at a temperature of 80° C. or higher and 150° C. or lower, preferably 85° C. or higher and 120° C. or lower using a hot plate, for 60 seconds or more and 500 seconds or less, may be mentioned. time.

當著色組合物包含感光性之固化劑、及藉由該固化劑而固化之基材成分時,可藉由利用上述方法形成塗佈膜後,對塗佈膜進行曝光,而得到固化之著色膜。When the coloring composition contains a photosensitive curing agent and a base material component cured by the curing agent, a cured colored film can be obtained by exposing the coating film to light after forming the coating film by the above-mentioned method. .

對塗佈膜進行曝光之條件並無特別限定,只要固化良好地進行即可。曝光例如藉由照射紫外線、準分子雷射光等活性能量射線而進行。照射之能量射線劑量並無特別限制,例如可例舉30 mJ/cm 2以上5000 mJ/cm 2以下。曝光後,可藉由與塗佈後之加熱相同之方法,對經曝光之塗佈膜進行烘烤。作為曝光後之烘烤方法,並無特別限定,例如可例舉如下方法:使用加熱板於80℃以上160℃以下、較佳為85℃以上150℃以下之溫度下乾燥60秒以上500秒以下之時間。 The conditions for exposing the coating film to light are not particularly limited, as long as curing proceeds well. Exposure is performed by, for example, irradiating with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and excimer laser light. The dose of energy ray to be irradiated is not particularly limited, for example, 30 mJ/cm 2 or more and 5000 mJ/cm 2 or less can be mentioned. After exposure, the exposed coating film can be baked by the same method as the heating after coating. It does not specifically limit as a baking method after exposure, For example, a method of drying at a temperature of 80°C or more and 160°C or less, preferably 85°C or more and 150°C or less using a hot plate for 60 seconds or more and 500 seconds or less may be mentioned. time.

當著色組合物包含如聚醯胺酸之熱固性之基材成分、或者組合包含熱敏性之固化劑及藉由該固化劑而固化之基材成分時,可藉由利用上述方法形成塗佈膜後,對塗佈膜進行加熱,而得到固化膜。 加熱溫度係考慮基材成分之種類、固化劑之種類而適當確定。作為加熱條件,例如為120℃以上350℃以下,較佳為150℃以上350℃以下。加熱時間例如較佳為5分鐘以上12小時以下,更佳為10分鐘以上6小時以下,特佳為30分鐘以上1小時以上。 When the coloring composition contains a thermosetting substrate component such as polyamide, or a combination of a heat-sensitive curing agent and a substrate component cured by the curing agent, after forming a coating film by using the above method, The coating film is heated to obtain a cured film. The heating temperature is appropriately determined in consideration of the type of base material components and the type of curing agent. The heating conditions are, for example, 120°C or higher and 350°C or lower, preferably 150°C or higher and 350°C or lower. The heating time is, for example, preferably 5 minutes or more and 12 hours or less, more preferably 10 minutes or more and 6 hours or less, and particularly preferably 30 minutes or more and 1 hour or more.

藉由上述方法,能夠形成低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜。 實施例 By the above-mentioned method, a colored film excellent in low reflectivity and heat resistance can be formed. Example

以下,藉由實施例詳細地說明本發明,但本發明之範圍不限於該等實施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these examples.

[製備例1:導入有酸性基之碳黑之製備] 將未處理之碳黑(P1,Regal 250R,Cabot公司製造)550 g、對胺基苯磺酸31.5 g、及離子交換水1000 g加入至夾套溫度被設定為60℃的具備夾套及攪拌裝置之反應容器中。將使亞硝酸鈉12.6 g溶解於去離子水100 g中而成之溶液加入至布朗混合器(Braun mixer)內後,於60℃、50轉/分鐘之條件下對混合器內之混合物攪拌2小時,進行重氮偶合反應。攪拌後,將混合器之內容物冷卻至室溫。繼而,使用去離子水,利用透濾法,將混合器之內容物中包含之碳黑純化。從清洗水中未檢測出來自對胺基苯磺酸之苯磺酸類,可知藉由重氮偶合反應而於碳黑中導入了苯磺酸基。將經純化之碳黑於75℃下乾燥一晚後進行粉碎,得到導入有苯磺酸基之碳黑(P2)。 [Preparation Example 1: Preparation of Carbon Black Introduced with Acidic Groups] 550 g of untreated carbon black (P1, Regal 250R, manufactured by Cabot Co., Ltd.), 31.5 g of p-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, and 1000 g of ion-exchanged water were put into a jacket with a jacket temperature set at 60°C and stirred. in the reaction vessel of the device. A solution prepared by dissolving 12.6 g of sodium nitrite in 100 g of deionized water was added to a Braun mixer, and the mixture in the mixer was stirred at 60°C and 50 rpm for 2 hours, the diazo coupling reaction was carried out. After stirring, the contents of the mixer were cooled to room temperature. Next, the carbon black contained in the contents of the mixer was purified by diafiltration using deionized water. The benzenesulfonic acid derived from p-aminobenzenesulfonic acid was not detected from the washing water, and it was found that the benzenesulfonic acid group was introduced into the carbon black by the diazo coupling reaction. The purified carbon black was dried at 75°C overnight, and then pulverized to obtain a carbon black (P2) into which a benzenesulfonic acid group was introduced.

[製備例2:經矽烷偶合劑處理之碳黑之製備] 將未處理之碳黑(P1)50 g與濃度1.25質量%之矽烷偶合劑之異丙醇溶液200 g混合,於60℃攪拌3小時。將攪拌後之包含碳黑之懸浮液加熱至100℃,使異丙醇及作為副產物產生之甲醇揮發,得到經矽烷偶合劑處理之碳黑(P3)之粉體。作為矽烷偶合劑,使用下述結構之矽烷偶合劑SC-A。 [化37]

Figure 02_image073
[Preparation Example 2: Preparation of Silane Coupling Agent Treated Carbon Black] 50 g of untreated carbon black (P1) was mixed with 200 g of an isopropanol solution of a silane coupling agent having a concentration of 1.25% by mass, and stirred at 60°C for 3 Hour. The stirred suspension containing carbon black was heated to 100° C. to volatilize isopropanol and methanol produced as a by-product to obtain a powder of carbon black (P3) treated with a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, silane coupling agent SC-A of the following structure was used. [Chemical 37]
Figure 02_image073

[實施例1~18、比較例1、及比較例2] 實施例及比較例中,使用下述之P1~P14作為顏料。 P1:製備例1中使用之未處理碳黑 P2:製備例1中得到之導入有酸性基之碳黑 P3:製備例2中得到之經矽烷偶合劑處理之碳黑 P4:氮化鈦(鈦黑) P5:氧化鎢(IV)(WO 2) P6:氧化銅(II)(CuO) P7:二氧化錳(MnO 2) P8:氧化鐵(Fe 3O 4) P9:苝顏料 P10:內醯胺顏料 P11:鈦白(氧化鈦(TiO 2)) P12:鈷藍(CoAl 2O 4) P13:鐵丹(Fe 2O 3) P14:C.I.顏料白7(ZnS) [Examples 1 to 18, Comparative Example 1, and Comparative Example 2] In Examples and Comparative Examples, the following P1 to P14 were used as pigments. P1: Untreated carbon black used in Preparation Example 1 P2: Carbon black into which an acid group was introduced obtained in Preparation Example 1 P3: Carbon black treated with a silane coupling agent obtained in Preparation Example 2 P4: Titanium nitride (titanium Black) P5: Tungsten (IV) oxide (WO 2 ) P6: Copper (II) oxide (CuO) P7: Manganese dioxide (MnO 2 ) P8: Iron oxide (Fe 3 O 4 ) P9: Perylene pigment P10: Endohydrin Amine Pigment P11: Titanium White (Titanium Oxide (TiO 2 )) P12: Cobalt Blue (CoAl 2 O 4 ) P13: Iron Dan (Fe 2 O 3 ) P14: CI Pigment White 7 (ZnS)

實施例及比較例中,分別使用包含下述結構單元之聚醯胺酸PAA1~PAA4、及作為市售之分散劑之D1(DISPERBYK-167(BYK-Chemie Japan股份有限公司製造))作為分散劑。PAA1、及PAA2屬於具有上述式(a1)表示之結構單元之聚醯胺酸。PAA3及PAA4屬於不具有上述式(a1)表示之結構單元之聚醯胺酸。 PAA1之按聚苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量為12000。PAA2之按聚苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量為11000。PAA3之按聚苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量為12000。PAA4之按聚苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量為11000。 [化38]

Figure 02_image075
In Examples and Comparative Examples, the polyamic acids PAA1 to PAA4 containing the following structural units and D1 (DISPERBYK-167 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.)), which is a commercially available dispersant, were used as dispersants, respectively. . PAA1 and PAA2 belong to the polyamic acid having the structural unit represented by the above formula (a1). PAA3 and PAA4 belong to polyamides which do not have the structural unit represented by the above formula (a1). The mass average molecular weight of PAA1 in terms of polystyrene was 12,000. The mass average molecular weight of PAA2 in terms of polystyrene was 11,000. The mass average molecular weight of PAA3 in terms of polystyrene is 12,000. The mass average molecular weight of PAA4 in terms of polystyrene is 11,000. [Chemical 38]
Figure 02_image075

實施例、及比較例中,使用作為非質子性極性有機溶劑之N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲(TMU)或N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)作為分散介質。In the examples and comparative examples, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea (TMU) or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), which is an aprotic polar organic solvent, was used as the dispersion. medium.

實施例及比較例中,使用平均粒徑為60 nm之中空二氧化矽粒子。In Examples and Comparative Examples, hollow silica particles having an average particle diameter of 60 nm were used.

首先,將表1中記載之種類之顏料15 g、表1中記載之種類之分散劑7.5 g、及表1中記載之種類之有機溶劑50 g混合,得到固形物成分中之顏料含量為67質量%之混合液。再者,比較例2中,未使用顏料分散液。繼而,對得到之混合液進行攪拌而使顏料分散。使用表1中記載之種類之分散介質,將得到之高濃度之顏料分散液稀釋成30質量%之固形物成分濃度,而得到顏料分散液。First, 15 g of pigments of the type described in Table 1, 7.5 g of the dispersant of the type described in Table 1, and 50 g of the organic solvent of the type described in Table 1 were mixed to obtain a pigment content of 67 g in the solid content. mass % of the mixture. In addition, in the comparative example 2, the pigment dispersion liquid was not used. Next, the obtained mixed solution is stirred to disperse the pigment. Using the dispersion medium of the kind described in Table 1, the obtained high-concentration pigment dispersion liquid was diluted to a solid content concentration of 30% by mass to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid.

將得到之顏料分散液5.7質量份及表1中記載之種類之基材樹脂溶液5質量份與包含作為分散介質之丙二醇單甲基醚0.9質量份及中空二氧化矽0.2質量份之中空二氧化矽分散液混合後,利用表1中記載之種類之有機溶劑,將得到之混合液稀釋成11質量%之固形物成分濃度,而得到著色組合物。5.7 parts by mass of the obtained pigment dispersion liquid and 5 parts by mass of the base resin solution of the type described in Table 1, and 0.9 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether and 0.2 parts by mass of hollow silica as a dispersion medium. After the silicon dispersion liquid was mixed, the obtained mixed liquid was diluted with the organic solvent of the kind described in Table 1 to a solid content concentration of 11% by mass to obtain a coloring composition.

針對使用所得到之著色組合物形成之固化膜,按照下述之方法,對耐熱性及反射率進行評價。將評價結果記載於表1中。About the cured film formed using the obtained coloring composition, the heat resistance and reflectance were evaluated according to the following method. The evaluation results are described in Table 1.

<耐熱性評價> 使用旋塗機(Mikasa製造,1H-360S),將著色組合物塗佈於晶圓基板上。將晶圓基板上之塗膜於300℃加熱1小時,形成膜厚約1.0 μm之著色膜。從加熱至300℃而形成之著色膜分別削取耐熱性評價用之試樣5 μg。使用耐熱性評價用試樣,利用示差量熱/熱重測定裝置(TG/DTA-6200,Seiko Instruments股份有限公司製造),於空氣氣流中,以升溫速度10℃/分鐘之條件進行測定,得到TG曲線。根據得到之TG曲線求出試樣之5%重量減少溫度。將5%重量減少溫度超過400℃之情況判定為〇,將5%重量減少溫度超過350℃且為400℃以下之情況判定為△,將5%重量減少溫度為350℃以下之情況判定為×。 <Evaluation of Heat Resistance> The coloring composition was applied on the wafer substrate using a spin coater (manufactured by Mikasa, 1H-360S). The coating film on the wafer substrate was heated at 300°C for 1 hour to form a colored film with a thickness of about 1.0 μm. 5 μg of samples for heat resistance evaluation were cut out from the colored film formed by heating to 300°C. Using a sample for heat resistance evaluation, using a differential calorimetry/thermogravimetric measuring apparatus (TG/DTA-6200, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.), in an air flow, the temperature was increased at a rate of 10°C/min. TG curve. From the obtained TG curve, the 5% weight loss temperature of the sample was determined. The case where the 5% weight loss temperature exceeds 400°C is judged as 0, the case where the 5% weight loss temperature exceeds 350°C and is 400°C or less is judged as △, and the case where the 5% weight loss temperature is 350°C or less is judged as × .

<反射率評價> 使用旋塗機(Mikasa製造,1H-360S),將著色組合物塗佈於晶圓基板上。將晶圓基板上之塗膜於300℃下加熱1小時,形成膜厚約1.0 μm之著色膜。使用反射率測定裝置(MCPD3700,大塚電子公司製造),按照以下基準,對形成之著色膜之反射率進行判定。 ◎:反射率未達5%。 〇:反射率為5%以上且未達6%。 △:反射率為6%以上且未達8%。 ×:反射率為8%以上。 <Reflectivity evaluation> The coloring composition was applied on the wafer substrate using a spin coater (manufactured by Mikasa, 1H-360S). The coating film on the wafer substrate was heated at 300° C. for 1 hour to form a colored film with a film thickness of about 1.0 μm. Using a reflectance measuring device (MCPD3700, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.), the reflectance of the formed colored film was determined according to the following criteria. ◎: The reflectance is less than 5%. ○: The reflectance is 5% or more and less than 6%. △: The reflectance is 6% or more and less than 8%. ×: The reflectance is 8% or more.

[表1]    著色組合物 顏料分散液 中空二氧化矽 基材樹脂 有機 溶劑 耐熱性評價 反射率評價 顏料 分散液 分散介質 實施例1 P1 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例2 P2 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例3 P3 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例4 P4 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例5 P5 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例6 P6 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例7 P7 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例8 P8 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例9 P9 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例10 P10 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例11 P11 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例12 P12 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例13 P13 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例14 P14 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU 實施例15 P3 PAA1 NMP PAA1 NMP 實施例16 P3 PAA2 TMU PAA2 TMU 實施例17 P3 PAA3 TMU PAA3 TMU 實施例18 P3 PAA4 TMU PAA4 TMU 比較例1 P3 D1 TMU PAA1 TMU × 比較例2 P3 PAA1 TMU PAA1 TMU × [Table 1] coloring composition Pigment dispersion hollow silica Base resin Organic solvents Heat resistance evaluation Reflectivity evaluation pigment Dispersions dispersion medium Example 1 P1 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 2 P2 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 3 P3 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 4 P4 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 5 P5 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 6 P6 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 7 P7 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 8 P8 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 9 P9 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 10 P10 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 11 P11 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 12 P12 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 13 P13 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 14 P14 PAA1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU Example 15 P3 PAA1 NMP Have PAA1 NMP Example 16 P3 PAA2 TMU Have PAA2 TMU Example 17 P3 PAA3 TMU Have PAA3 TMU Example 18 P3 PAA4 TMU Have PAA4 TMU Comparative Example 1 P3 D1 TMU Have PAA1 TMU × Comparative Example 2 P3 PAA1 TMU none PAA1 TMU ×

根據實施例1~實施例18可知,於使用聚醯胺酸使顏料分散於非質子性極性有機溶劑中而得到之顏料分散液中進而加入作為基材成分之聚醯胺酸及中空二氧化矽而成的著色組合物會提供低反射性及耐熱性優異之著色膜。又,由實施例18~36可知,還能夠賦予圖案化(patterning)特性。 另一方面,根據比較例1及比較例2可知,於使用市售之分散劑而並非聚醯胺酸作為分散劑、或者著色組合物不含中空二氧化矽之情形時,難以形成兼具優異之低反射性及優異之耐熱性的著色膜。 From Examples 1 to 18, it can be seen that in the pigment dispersion liquid obtained by dispersing the pigment in an aprotic polar organic solvent using polyamic acid, polyamic acid and hollow silica are added as base components. The resulting coloring composition provides a coloring film excellent in low reflectivity and heat resistance. In addition, as can be seen from Examples 18 to 36, patterning properties can also be imparted. On the other hand, according to Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2, when a commercially available dispersant other than polyamic acid is used as the dispersant, or when the coloring composition does not contain hollow silica, it is difficult to form both excellent Colored film with excellent low reflectivity and excellent heat resistance.

[實施例19~36] <圖案化評價> 針對實施例1~18中使用之成分,分別組合下述結構之起始劑、及二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(聚合性化合物)而製備了實施例19~36之著色組合物。就固形物成分比率而言,為顏料45質量%、聚醯胺酸30質量%、中空二氧化矽1質量%、起始劑15質量%、聚合性化合物9質量%。再者,聚醯胺酸之比率為分散劑與基材之總和,顏料分散液中之顏料與聚醯胺酸之質量比率為2:1。固形物成分比率為10質量%。 [化39]

Figure 02_image077
[Examples 19 to 36] <Patterning evaluation> Example 19 was prepared by combining the components used in Examples 1 to 18 with an initiator having the following structure and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymerizable compound), respectively. Coloring composition of ~36. The solid content ratio was 45 mass % of pigment, 30 mass % of polyamic acid, 1 mass % of hollow silica, 15 mass % of initiator, and 9 mass % of polymerizable compound. Furthermore, the ratio of the polyamic acid is the sum of the dispersant and the base material, and the mass ratio of the pigment in the pigment dispersion to the polyamic acid is 2:1. The solid content ratio was 10% by mass. [Chemical 39]
Figure 02_image077

使用旋塗機(Mikasa製造,1H-360S),將得到之各實施例之著色組合物塗佈於晶圓基板上,然後,於100℃加熱2分鐘,得到形成有膜厚1 μm之固化膜之厚度之塗佈膜。針對得到之塗佈膜,使用曝光裝置(Topcon製造,TME150RTO),以100 mJ/cm 2進行曝光。曝光後,利用濃度0.05質量%之氫氧化鉀水溶液進行顯影,形成線與間隙圖案。任意組合物均得到了寬6 μm之線圖案。藉由於300℃下進行1小時後烘烤,能夠得到耐熱性及低反射性良好之著色圖案。 Using a spin coater (manufactured by Mikasa, 1H-360S), the obtained coloring compositions of each example were coated on a wafer substrate, and then heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a cured film with a film thickness of 1 μm. the thickness of the coating film. The obtained coating film was exposed to light at 100 mJ/cm 2 using an exposure apparatus (manufactured by Topcon, TME150RTO). After exposure, development was performed with a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.05 mass % to form a line and space pattern. A line pattern with a width of 6 μm was obtained for any composition. By post-baking at 300 degreeC for 1 hour, the coloring pattern favorable in heat resistance and low reflectivity can be obtained.

Claims (9)

一種著色組合物,其包含顏料分散液、及中空二氧化矽,且 上述顏料分散液含有顏料、聚醯胺酸、及非質子性極性有機溶劑。 A coloring composition comprising a pigment dispersion, and hollow silica, and The said pigment dispersion liquid contains a pigment, a polyamic acid, and an aprotic polar organic solvent. 如請求項1之著色組合物,其中 上述聚醯胺酸包含下述式(a1)表示之結構單元, [化1]
Figure 03_image079
(式(a1)中,A 1為四價有機基,A 2為二價有機基),且 上述A 1為下述式(a2)表示之基, [化2]
Figure 03_image081
(式(a2)中,R a11、R a12、及R a13各自獨立地為選自由氫原子、碳原子數1以上且5以下之烷基及氟原子所組成之群中之1種,a為0以上且12以下之整數) 或者,上述A 2為下述式(a3)表示之基, -Ar 1-X-Ar 2-・・・(a3) (式(a3)中,Ar 1、及Ar 2各自獨立地為可具有取代基之苯基或萘基,X為-CO-NH-)。
The coloring composition of claim 1, wherein the above-mentioned polyamic acid comprises a structural unit represented by the following formula (a1),
Figure 03_image079
(In formula (a1), A 1 is a tetravalent organic group, and A 2 is a divalent organic group), and the above-mentioned A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (a2), [Chemical 2]
Figure 03_image081
(In formula (a2), R a11 , R a12 , and R a13 are each independently one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom, and a is An integer of 0 or more and 12 or less) Alternatively, the above-mentioned A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (a3), -Ar 1 -X-Ar 2 -・・・(a3) (in the formula (a3), Ar 1 , and Ar 2 is each independently an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl group, and X is -CO-NH-).
如請求項1或2之著色組合物,其中上述聚醯胺酸中,上述式(a1)表示之結構單元於上述聚醯胺酸之全部結構單元中之比率為30莫耳%以上。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in the above-mentioned polyamic acid, the ratio of the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (a1) to all the structural units of the above-mentioned polyamic acid is 30 mol% or more. 如請求項1至3中任一項之著色組合物,其中上述非質子性極性有機溶劑為下述式(S1)表示之含氮極性有機溶劑, [化3]
Figure 03_image083
(式(S1)中,R S1及R S2各自獨立地為碳原子數1以上且3以下之烷基,R S3為氫原子、或者下述式(S1-1)或下述式(S1-2)表示之基, [化4]
Figure 03_image085
R S4為氫原子或羥基,R S5及R S6各自獨立地為氫原子、碳原子數1以上且3以下之烷基,R S7及R S8各自獨立地為氫原子、或碳原子數1以上且3以下之烷基,當R S3為式(S1-1)表示之基時,R S2及R S3可以彼此鍵結而形成環)。
The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aprotic polar organic solvent is a nitrogen-containing polar organic solvent represented by the following formula (S1),
Figure 03_image083
(In formula (S1), R S1 and R S2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R S3 is a hydrogen atom, or the following formula (S1-1) or the following formula (S1- 2) The base of the representation, [化4]
Figure 03_image085
R S4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, R S5 and R S6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R S7 and R S8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or 1 or more carbon atoms In addition, in the alkyl group of 3 or less, when R S3 is a group represented by the formula (S1-1), R S2 and R S3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring).
如請求項4之著色組合物,其中上述含氮極性有機溶劑為N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲。The coloring composition according to claim 4, wherein the nitrogen-containing polar organic solvent is N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea. 如請求項1至5中任一項之著色組合物,其進而包含基材成分。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which further comprises a base material component. 如請求項6之著色組合物,其包含聚醯胺酸作為上述基材成分。The coloring composition according to claim 6, which comprises polyamic acid as the above-mentioned base material component. 一種著色膜,其係將包含如請求項1至7中任一項之著色組合物之膜進行乾燥而成、或者進行乾燥及固化而成。A colored film obtained by drying, or drying and curing a film containing the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 一種著色膜之形成方法,其包括: 將如請求項1至7中任一項之著色組合物塗佈於基板上而形成塗佈膜;及 將上述塗佈膜進行乾燥、或者進行乾燥及固化。 A method for forming a colored film, comprising: Applying the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on a substrate to form a coating film; and The above-mentioned coating film is dried, or dried and cured.
TW110138338A 2020-12-18 2021-10-15 Coloring composition, coloring film, and method for forming coloring film capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance TW202229477A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-210686 2020-12-18
JP2020210686A JP2022097226A (en) 2020-12-18 2020-12-18 Coloring composition, colored film, and method for forming colored film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202229477A true TW202229477A (en) 2022-08-01

Family

ID=81992518

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110138338A TW202229477A (en) 2020-12-18 2021-10-15 Coloring composition, coloring film, and method for forming coloring film capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2022097226A (en)
KR (1) KR20220088335A (en)
CN (1) CN114644859A (en)
TW (1) TW202229477A (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116694142A (en) * 2023-08-07 2023-09-05 晋江厚德印花有限公司 Pigment with good coloring effect for printing transfer printing film and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3900161B2 (en) 2004-01-30 2007-04-04 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Method for producing carbon black dispersion
JP6241153B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2017-12-06 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Shielding material, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20220088335A (en) 2022-06-27
JP2022097226A (en) 2022-06-30
CN114644859A (en) 2022-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6948789B2 (en) A composition for producing a transparent polymer film, a transparent polymer film, and an electronic device containing the film.
KR101921918B1 (en) A heat-resistant resin having a structure derived from a diamine compound or a heat-resistant resin precursor
JP6465024B2 (en) Composition for forming carbon material dispersion film
TWI684580B (en) Diamine and use thereof
CN106715532B (en) Polymer containing triazine ring and the composition comprising it
JP6401545B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, carbon black, and method for producing photosensitive resin composition
CN112135880B (en) Polyimide powder composition
JP6909093B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, polyamide resin, method for producing polyamide resin, compound, method for producing compound, method for producing cured film, and cured film.
KR102643004B1 (en) Triazine ring-containing polymer and composition containing the same
KR101876524B1 (en) Polyimide film
CN110431483B (en) Photosensitive resin composition and application thereof
JP5114854B2 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, method for producing heat-resistant resin, and electronic component using the same
JP6621248B2 (en) Black composition
JP6838562B2 (en) Triazine ring-containing polymer and a film-forming composition containing the same
TW201538648A (en) Carbon black dispersion
JP6543042B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TW202229477A (en) Coloring composition, coloring film, and method for forming coloring film capable of forming a coloring film excellent in low-reflectivity and heat resistance
JP2008007623A (en) Nanoimprint composition
TW201842065A (en) Thermosetting resin composition, cured film, substrate provided with cured film, electronic component, and ink jet ink
CN109796592B (en) Polyimide precursor, transparent polyimide film and preparation method thereof
TW201714991A (en) Film-forming composition for ink-jet coating
TW202229474A (en) Pigment dispersion liquid, coloring composition and pigment dispersion method capable of forming a colored molded article excellent in heat resistance